Home

GROUP 23A - Tearstone

1. 0 RELAY BOX 1 15A WO HL wala STOPL I GHT Po SWITCH _ 25 08 OFF 10 musoron 1 2 io 1 4 P 1 2 3 X 4 s e6 7 8 9 10 111213 Le 1415 16 1 1 25 ut 11 18 19 20 1 22 2 24 TE 1260728 29 30 81 38 321331 34 35 36 37 89 14 Zo e J 12 3 4 Dee 5 16 31415 17 28 1819 205 25 26 27 15 28 E3138 a 9931 se ss a4 as 3637 S9 qa POWERTRAIN C 6142 4L ENGINE CONTROL OR MODULE 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE MU803783 108 106 107 108109 110 1111121113114115 16 17118 119 120 12122423 0104 hasierea 129 130 W3811MO4AA AC106632AB CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 9 hos 1 107 091101112113 mrs iere 119 120 E 019 0408 129 130 C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 id N m 93297 001729 TSB Revision 23 130 CONNECTOR 28
2. POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCM C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR P 5V C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 3 OL ENGINE C 59 3 OL ENGINE 41 42 43 44145 46 71172 73 74 75 76 77 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 78 79 80 81 82183 84 85 86 87 88 89 58 59 60 6 1162 63 6416566 9091 9293194 9596 97 98 57 78 46 lt gt m 5 fe C5 1 3 4 B 07 0900 HROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 004681 07 CONNECTORS C 54 lt 2 4L gt OR 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt Ann AON eI e O 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt Ee 6 C 59 3 0L ENGINE v4 NI 47 48 491 50 51 5253 54 55 56 57 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 lt 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR 90 91 9293 94 9596 97 98 C 55 3 0L ENGINE 001657 CIRCUIT OPERATION When the throttle valve shaft rotates from the idle ih a E he wi sd sn position to the fully opened position the resis C Engine 1S 101M9 ME OUPUL te DE 100 tance between the TPS output terminal terminal high and diagnostic trouble code number 11 is out 3 and ground terminal terminal 1
3. 23 115 1 1 2 T 0 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE En aan C 6142 4L ENGINE C 5943 0L ENGINE 16 104 C 63 3 OL ENG 0803784 10102 03104 105 106 107 2 18 4 516 718 10810910 111112 12 41511617 18 119 120 8110111121914115116117181620 112223 9 90198 049 reelte7 iea 129 130 24 25 2627289 30318283 8435 77 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE AC106631AB CONNECTOR B 38 CONNECTORS 50 2 4L ENGINE C 52 3 0L ENGINE C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE COS i EXT Le y C 61 2 4L ENGINE ee OR Ch aiani Sb I 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 20 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2021 105 106 107 leales 126 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 nores pus erus 119 120 C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 129 2412 1212712281 129 130 AC001837Al C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BG TSB Revision 23 116 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 6 7 8 2 13 14 15 o Po 80 3 5 363
4. 001657 07 2 4L ENGINE gt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR 57 lt 2 41 gt OR 59 3 0L gt gt 5 76 77 787080 81152 8318485 86187 88 89 lt sols 20304 6596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657AZ STEP 14 Check connectors C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 15 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 STEP 15 Check harness for short circuit to ground or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 lt 3 01 Engine terminal 78 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 16 Repair it STEP 16 Check the connector and the harness for short circuit to ground between the throttle position sensor connector and the auto cruise control ECU connector Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Throttle position sensor adjustment Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine On vehicle Service Throttle Position
5. deales eelevieslee 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE 21223 242 06910 129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG OSCILLO SCOPE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW Li 2 56 748 L9 10111 1213 14151617 18 920 21203 67289 80318283 31135 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 52 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC100051AE NORMAL WAVEFORM V 5 ACX02131AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Using the oscilloscope check the waveform at PCM connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Connect an oscilloscope probe to PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 16 and to PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 103 by backprobing 3 Start the engine and run at constant speed of 50km h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration The maximum valu
6. 129 190 C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BC CONNECTOR B 42 _ B 42 STEP 5 Check the sensor output voltage at PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Disconnect connector B 42 at the input shaft speed sensor 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 103 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 5 and 4 9 volts 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 6 STEP 6 Check connectors C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM and B 42 at input shaft speed sensor for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 06 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for short circuit to ground between PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 103 and input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 terminal 2 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the harness wire in good condition C 63 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 4 Repair it
7. MC OQ Or PS T 4 ZSE 9 EJ 103104 105 106 107 Y NX 108 109 10 111112111314015 11160117118 119 120 21129123 1261271128 129 130 2 C 61 24L ENGINE 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 39 CONNECTORS C 111 C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW gt D C 112 AC106814AB CIRCUIT OPERATION DTC SET CONDITIONS e Battery positive voltage is applied to the Park If the PCM detects no Park Neutral position switch Neutral position switch terminal 8 when the igni input signal from any selector position for continuous tion switch is turned ON period of thirty seconds it is judged that there is an e Battery positive voltage is applied to the PCM open circuit in the Park Neutral position switch and terminal 101 when the selector lever is in the diagnostic trouble code number 27 is output P range The PCM judges that the selector lever is in the P range when the battery positive TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely voltage is applied causes for this code to be set Battery positive voltage is applied to the PCM ter e Malfunction of the Park Neutral position switch minal 108 12
8. STEP 12 Check connectors 27 at intermediate connector C 43 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 4 and combination meter connector C 43 terminal 9 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECTOR C GONMECTOR N ACO01741AR CONNECTOR C 43 C 43 IE 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 ERIS i LM nj i 001729 AW MS TSB Revision 23 174 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 13 Check the switch output voltage at PCM co nnector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing D position 61 lt 2 41 gt C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001906AD Q Measure the voltage between terminal 102 and ground by backprobing When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selecto
9. 6 7 8 10121131415 o Po 30 31 32333435 363 106611 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 89 CONNECTOR BLOCK LH au jeele7 aa 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 87 38 106616 CIRCUIT OPERATION e Battery positive voltage is supplied to the stop light switch terminal 2 e When the brake pedal is depressed battery posi tive voltage is applied to the PCM terminal 123 The judges that the brake pedal is depressed and the stoplight switch is on when DTC SET CONDITIONS If the stoplight switch is on for five minutes or more while driving 50 km h 31 mph it is judged there is a short circuit in the stoplight switch and diagnostic trouble code number 26 is output TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely battery positive voltage is sensed at the PCM causes for this code to be set terminal 123 Malfunction of the stoplight switch circuit e Damaged harness connector e Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Check the brake pedal height Refer to GROUP 354A On vehicle Service
10. AC106612AB STEP 20 Replace the underdrive clutch retainer 1 Replace the underdrive clutch retainer Refer to GROUP 23B Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 59 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 22 output YES The A T diagnostic trouble code may have set due to external radio frequency RFI possibility caused by cellular phone activity after market components installed on the vehicle etc 018 6 NO The inspection is complete TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor System Output Shaft Speed Sensor System Circuit IGNITION SWITCH 161 MU801331 X 1 2 65 6 0 111 4 5 6 JUNCTION BLOCK 0801857 7 OA 1121381 4156 7 8 91101111211314 te l mo O24 T 06 C mac 2 34 5 16 2 C 28 5 13 14 15 17 28 MOD 1819 2055354252627 Oz 29 38 TT 30 31 2 43435 3637 55 3 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 8
11. 2556 S X 001741 5 STEP 26 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 1 Disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position LY 10304 Z N 104109101111112113 1415116111 18 1212212 126421128 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 25124 AC002124AD 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 122 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage when the selector lever is upshift and hold 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 14 NO to Step 27 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 321 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 27 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 01 Engine at PCM connector for damage CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 CONNECTOR 65 M Q Is the con
12. 819 02 423 25 26 2 80 3 4 5 36 3 AC106611AB AC106628AB CONNECTOR C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE 9 pa UE 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 57 2 4L ENGINE C 59 3 0L ENGINE AC001657AZ CIRCUIT OPERATION 2 When the A C is turned ON and the dual pres eevee IS ada presse sure switch is closed PCM terminal number 83 circuit or a defective PCM receives battery voltage and then determines the compressor has been signaled to engage TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely When the A C compressor is engaged the PCM causes for this code to be set increases line pressure and briefly delays shift Malfunction of the dual pressure switch points to compensate for the additional engine Damaged harness connector load Malfunction of A C system e Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 281 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS APR A gt 004374 STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list 65 Dual Pressure Switch A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the igniti
13. 61 2 4L gt x E 1 2 3 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CES 1 deales eelevieslee 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE 21223 242 06910 129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG OSCILLO SCOPE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW Li 2 56 748 L9 10111 1213 14151617 18 920 21203 67289 80318283 31135 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 52 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC100051AE NORMAL WAVEFORM V 5 ACX02131AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Using the oscilloscope check the waveform at PCM connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Connect an oscilloscope probe to PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 16 and to PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 103 by backprobing 3 Start t
14. PCM PS SO 2 5 OF gt 5 YY th Nv 22 f e LY 19004 03104 ftos 106 107 27 11810911011119 1131 pus erre 119 120 heiss 120128 osse 129 190 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 Lg BL AA TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 107 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 61 2 4L ENGINE gt C 63 3 0L gt PCM 61 2 4L ENGINE T lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 22 2 foa deales eelevieslee 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR 129123 242 061274204 4129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG OSCILLO SCOPE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW Li 2 56 748 L9 10111 1213 14151617 18 920 21203 67289 80318283 31135 50 2 4L gt OR 52 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC100051AE NORMAL WAVEFORM V 5 02131 AD CONNECTORS C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52
15. pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 6 Check connector 17 at control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 99 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair it 7 f lt 000709 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 03 Second Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the actuator test mode for item 03 second Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid va
16. 106611 CIRCUIT OPERATION e A coil built into the output shaft speed sensor generates a pulse signal at both ends of this coil when the output shaft rotates The pulse signal frequency increases with a rise in output shaft speed Both ends of the are connected to the PCM terminals 16 and 104 via the output shaft speed sensor connector terminals 1 and 2 e The PCM detects the output shaft speed by the signal input to terminal 104 e The output shaft speed sensor generates the pulse signal as the teeth of the transfer drive gear pass the magnetic tip of the sensor CONNECTORS C 111 C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW ROS 5 7 1 7 e e 10112113114 106814 SET CONDITIONS If the output signal from the output shaft speed sen sor has been lost for one second or more while the vehicle is being driven it is judged to be an open cir cuit or short circuit in the output shaft speed sensor circuit and diagnostic trouble code number 23 is set If diagnostic trouble code number 23 is output four times the transaxle is locked into 3rd gear or 2nd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set e Malfunction of the output shaft speed sensor e Malfunction of the transfer drive g
17. FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 6 EE 103104 105 106 107 ES raed nies mier vow 61 2 4L ENGINE C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 10 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12 STEP 12 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 10 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 STEP 13 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 14 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 21 6 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS
18. 8 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH B 41 MU802355 O00090 0090909 27 MU801451 1 2 3 4 POWERTRAIN e 15111510 CONTROL D LE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE m OR 63 3 OL ENGINE MU803783 COMB I NAT I 0 METER 101102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 C 43 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 98 10 11 12 13 14 1516 12122123 124 125 126127128 129 130 JOINT CONNECTOR 2 C 78 1121314156 7 8 91011 1233 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 83 a LT W2811M10AA 102731 B 41 F EE AC001844AK TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 243 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 43 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 43 63 3 0L ENGINE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A gt n N VE MES amp 7 f 6 by 00 1031104 105 106 107 0927 108 109 10 1111121113 114115 16117118 119 120 S E 91102421 124429 512728 129 130 61 2 4L gt 63 3 0L gt a 2 001729 001657 78
19. STEP 7 Check the power supply voltage at throttle position sensor connector B 07 by backprobing CONNECTOR B 07 1 Do not disconnect connector B 07 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 4 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 NO Goto Step 8 B 07 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001789AC TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 55 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L gt PCM He 48 49505 1525354555657 58 59 60616263 646566 _ 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC000848 AD CONNECTOR B 07 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt PCM 8 5 47 48 0 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 M 58 59 60616263 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657
20. KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CAUTION M1232001200217 When removing and installing the transmission control cable and shift lock cable unit be careful not to hit the SRS ECU 52A Floor Console 52 8 Pre removal and Post installation Operation Floor Console Removal and Installation Refer to GROUP 12 2 102 22 in Ib 102 22 in Ib TSB Revision 001636 23 364 gt gt C lt lt gt gt B lt lt 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE A T KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS KEY INTERLOCK CABLE REMOVAL STEPS KEY INTERLOCK CABLE CONNECTION SELECTOR LEVER SIDE LOWER COLUMN COVER REFER TO GROUP 37A STEERING WHEEL AND SHAFT 37 21 COVER KEY INTERLOCK CABLE CONNECTION STEERING LOCK CYLINDER SIDE SLIDER KEY INTERLOCK CABLE gt gt lt lt 6 10 Revision SHIFT LOCK CABLE REMOVAL STEPS SHIFT LOCK CABLE CONNECTION SELECTOR LEVER SIDE COTTER PIN SHIFT LOCK CABLE CONNECTION BRAKE PEDAL SIDE SHIFT LOCK CABLE ETACS ECU REMOVAL ETACS ECU AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 365 A T KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt SHIFT LOCK CABLE SELECTOR LEVER SIDE INSTALLATION 1 Place the selector lever to position 2 Fasten the shift lock cable at the position where the
21. CONNECTOR 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 03104 05106 107 810901114919 prre 16117118 119 120 9408 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 222 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Replace the input shaft speed sensor 1 Replace the input shaft speed sensor Refer to GROUP INPUT SHAFT 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 SPEED SENSOR 2 Test drive the vehicle Nd 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code 15 the A T diagnostic trouble code output YES Go to Step 7 NO The inspection is complete STEP 7 Replace the underdrive clutch retainer 1 Replace the underdrive clutch retainer Refer to GROUP 23B Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 57 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Is the A T diagnostic trouble code output YES The A T diagnostic trouble code may have set due to external radio frequency RFI possibly caused by cellular phone activity after market components installed on the vehicle etc 018 6 NO The inspection is complete TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 223 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 61 2 4
22. 110 122 109 102 121 108 101 C 6 101100 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 1121131141151 16117118 119 120 121122123 1241125 126127128 129 130 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TSB Revision W3811M05AA AC106633AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 37 ON Park Neutral Position Switch System Circuit Vehicles with Spot Mode 1 0801331 6 0 1 1 3145 6 0801857 1 2 3 456 7 8 9 1011 12 13114 C 112 12 Of LTL 204 mo 112 314 5 16 6 7 8 1 131415 du 2 28 m F Oe 1819 2055535412528 27 ot 29 38 I 30131 35 3687 mco 8 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH 41 0802355 WOON No Ie OOO BLACK BLUE RED BLUE BROWN YELLOW 1 ME SELECT ASSEMBLY HE Nap SWITCH 452 t MU80 1447 1 2 3 4 5 6 0801451 Ze 3 4 27 5 z
23. gt Fs m takake vA X 47 9 50515253 54 55 56 57 58 59 60616263 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 10 Check harness for short circuit to ground between crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 lt 3 01 Engine terminal 45 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 4 Repair it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 93 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 1 Disconnect connector B 20 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position CONNECTOR B 20 2 4L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR B 20 1 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 20 STEP 12 Check connector A 18X at relay for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between MFI relay connector A 18X terminal 4 and crankshaft position sensor connector B 20
24. 5 _ L 101104 1031104 105 106 107 18109110 11119 113114 15116111 18 119 120 he N 2 21192427 9494 126127145 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 3 Check the solenoid valve output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 129 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO to Step 9 STEP 4 Check connectors B 40 at solenoid valve assembly and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 84 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 6 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 129 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair it
25. HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 6 EE 103104 105 106 107 ES raed nies mier vow 61 2 4L ENGINE C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 10 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12 STEP 12 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 10 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 13 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 14 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMA
26. 23A 356 KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM SPECIAL 5 23A 342 CHECK 23 356 SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM 23A 357 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 23A 343 A T CONTROL COMPONENT LAYOUT 234 3433 TRANSAXLE CONTROL 23A 358 ESSENTIAL SERVICE 23A 346 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 234 358 AIT FLUID 23A 346 5 2 360 A T FLUID REPLACEMENT 23A 347 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 23A 361 FLUSHING COOLERS AND TUBES 23A 349 5 23A 363 OIL COOLER FLOW 23A 350 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK ADJUSTMENT 23A 351 MECHANISMS 23A 363 Eom SWITCH LS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 23A 363 S 23A 365 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH AND CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT 23A 352 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY 23A 366 COMPONENT 23A 353 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 23A 366 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 23A 353 SPECIFICATIONS 23A 374 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR FASTENER TIGHTENING 23A 353 23A 374 A T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SERVICE S
27. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 349 ON VEHICLE SERVICE FLUSHING COOLERS AND TUBES M1231013000143 Required Special Tool 995062 Flushing Tool WARNING Wear protective eye wear that meets the require ments of OSHA and ANSI Z87 1 1968 Wear stan dard industrial rubber gloves Keep lighted cigarettes sparks flames and other ignition sources away from the area to prevent the ignition of combustible liquids and gases Keep a class B fire extinguisher in the area where the flushing tool will be used Keep the area well venti lated Do not let flushing solvent come in contact with eyes or skin In case it does flush with water for 15 to 20 seconds Remove contaminated cloth ing and wash affected skin with soap and water Seek medical attention When a transaxle failure has contaminated the A T fluid the oil cooler s must be flushed The cooler by pass valve in the transaxle must also be replaced The torque converter must also be replaced with an exchange unit This will ensure that metal particles or sludged A T fluid are not later transferred back into the reconditioned or replaced transaxle There are two different procedures for flushing coolers and lines The rec ommended procedure is to use Tool MB995062 Cooler Flusher The other procedure is to use a hand suction gun and mineral spirits 1 Remove the cover plate filler plug on special tool MB995062 Fill the reservoir 1 2 to 3 4 full of fresh fl
28. TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 265 STEP 6 Replace the PCM Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9 Shift shock and slipping COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Abnormal line pressure Malfunction of each solenoid valve Malfunction of the oil pump Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of each brake or each clutch Malfunction of the PCM If shift shock when driving are due to upshifting or downshifting and the transaxle speed become higher than the engine speed the cause is probably abnor mal line pressure or a malfunction of a solenoid valve oil pump valve body or of a brake or clutch DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for following items a Item 01 Low reverse solenoid valve b Item 02 Underdrive solenoid valve c Item 03 Second solenoid valve d Item 04 Overdrive solenoid valve e An operation sound should be heard
29. 130 129 08214 0512 AC002125AD CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt i E VO ES uy 104104 103104 105 106 107 vA 108 109110 11 121131114115116111 16 119 120 2 191192193 124125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 30 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 1 Disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 110 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage when the selector lever is downshift and hold 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 14 NO Goto Step 31 STEP 31 Check connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 110 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC T
30. 23 190 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA 10811091101 fie s ufus ne 11718 119 120 y fedes 06210 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 61 lt 2 41 gt C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW T TE CURIE 12119212 104 AC001961AD 8 7 Eoo CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 04927 p AY L 05106 107 810904114919 ros 16117108 119 120 2 heroes 9008 129 10 61 2 4L gt 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 3 Check the solenoid valve output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 120 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO to Step 9 STEP 4
31. 63 3 0L gt FX 41142 43 faks 101102 103104 105 106 107 a 545558 di 10809110 111112113114 15 116117 14 119 120 lt 121122123 12412 126127128 129 130 54 lt 2 41 gt 55 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BD ACX02479AK STEP 5 Check connectors C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM and B 40 at A T control solenoid valve assembly for damage Q Are the harness connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 81 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check the A T fluid temperature sensor at A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the sensor side AN 5950 2X3 02479 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 e When fluid temperature is 0 32 F resistance should be between 16 7 and 20 5 kiloohm e When fluid temperature is 20 68 F resistance should be between 7 3 and 8 9 kiloohm e When fluid temperature is 40 104 F resistance should be between 3 4 and 4 2 kiloohm 2122 40 When
32. 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 5 Check the sensor output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 124 and ground by backprobing When fluid temperature is 20 C 68 F voltage should be between 3 8 and 4 0 volts e When fluid temperature is 40 C 104 F voltage should be between 3 2 and 3 4 volts When fluid temperature is 80 176 F voltage should be between 1 7 and 1 9 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 6 NO Go to Step 7 STEP 6 Check connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 74 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 3 0L gt ME 8 lt C 61 lt 2 41 gt OH 63 3 0L gt FX 41142 43 faks 101102 103104 105 106 107 a 545558
33. STEP 8 Check the power supply voltage at PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 46 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10 STEP 9 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 46 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 56 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR B 07 Q Are the connectors in good condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L gt YES Go to Step 11 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECT
34. v X 47 48 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 p 58 59 60616263 64 65 66 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely PCM terminal number 66 receives battery positive causes for this case voltage from the battery COMMENT e Malfunction of Park Neutral position switch Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM If shifting does not occur while driving and no diag nostic trouble codes are output a malfunction of the Park Neutral position switch or PCM may exist DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 273 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the vehicle acceleration Q Does the vehicle accelerate poorly transaxle stays in 3rd gear when starting from a stop with the selector lever in D range YES Go to Step 2 NO Goto Step 5 STEP 2 Check the backup power supply voltage at PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt t 5 46 47 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 lt 58 59 60 61 62 63 646566 54 2 4L ENGINE C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657
35. 2 Measure the voltage between terminal 66 and ground by backprobing 22 Voltage should be battery positive voltage 55 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 58 50 61 52 63 64 6566 Go to Step 3 AC002091AD STEP 3 Check connector C 07 at intermediate connector for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 66 and battery NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 274 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 55 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 Then check for the symptom PCM He IN 48 49505 15253545556 57 58 59 60616263 646566 _ 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 5 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list 61 Park Neutral Position Switch 1 Connect sca
36. Is the waveform normal YES Go to Step 9 NO Goto Step 10 STEP 9 Check connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 122 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check connectors 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 lt 3 01 Engine and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM and B 38 at output shaft speed sensor for damage CONNECTORS 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Are the connectors in good condition C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt YES Go to Step 11 OR 63 lt 3 0L gt NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 61 2 4L ENGINE a Ch ainn El 3 0L gt v IERECIIEEE EE 141516117 81162012023 deales eelevieslee 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR 129123 242 06140740 129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG AC001837Al STEP 11 Check the continuit
37. 004927 STEP 22 Check the crankshaft position sensor Q Is the vane in good condition YES Replace the crankshaft position sensor Refer to GROUP 16 Ignition System Crankshaft Position Sensor Removal and Installation 2 4L gt 16 55 or 3 0L Engine gt P 16 56 Repair or replace it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 01 DTC 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor System Input Shaft Speed Sensor System Circuit IGNITION SWITCH 161 0801331 1 2 216 C 111 3456 JUNCTION BLOCK 29 801857 7 lt 2151 1456 7 8 5 314 T 12 C 112 SAL Oz lt lt me CT mo 12 Ej 2 6 28 678 1415 zs 21419202 1 42 292427 Ta 3957 mo E i INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR B 42 MU802337 000 2 BLACK C 6142 4L ENGINE C 50 2 4L ENGINE 25243 OL ENGINE 16 103 C 63 lt 3 01 ENGINE MU803784 1011102 11081104 105 106 107 WHITE ile 314 s e v a 108109110 111112 13114115116111118 119 120 9 101111213
38. 23 10 REVERSE Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 57 Reverse and CLUTCH Overdrive Clutch 23 59 Then check for the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Go to Step 6 001868 STEP 6 Replace the Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14 Vibration TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case e Abnormal torque converter clutch pressure e Malfunction of the engine system Malfunction of the torque converter clutch sole noid e Malfunction of the torque converter e Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of the PCM COMMENT If vibration occurs when driving at constant speed or when accelerating in 4th gear abnormal torque con verter clutch pressure or a malfunction of the engine system torque converter clutch solenoid torque con verter or valve body may exist DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 277 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool
39. CONNECTORS C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 3 0L ENGINE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt 63 3 0L gt 61 2 4L ENGINE s e 7 8 C 63 3 0L ENGINE 1912021122123 05 106 107 2133 345 110 120 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR 223 9498 129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG STEP 8 Using the oscilloscope check the waveform at PCM connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Connect an oscilloscope probe to PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 16 and to PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 104 by backprobing 3 Start the engine and run at constant speed of 50km h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration The maximum value should be 4 8 volts and more and the minimum value 0 8 volts and less The output waveform should not contain electrical noise 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position
40. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 305 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 67 Select Switch item 68 Shift Switch Up item 69 Shift Switch Down CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for following items a item 67 Select Switch b item 68 Shift Switch Up c item 69 Shift Switch Down The switches above are displayed depending on the selector lever condition as shown in the table SELECTOR LEVER DATA LIST ITEM OPERATION 67 68 69 D range OFF OFF OFF Sport mode ON OFF OFF Upshift and hold the ON ON OFF selector lever Downshift and hold ON OFF ON the selector lever 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 9 15 the switch operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction 00 6 If completely Go to Step 2 If item 68 and item 69 both are NG Go to Step 4 If only item 67 is NG Go to Step 7 If only item 68 is NG Go to Step 24 If only item 69 is NG Go to Step 28
41. CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW C 112 11213 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1111213114 SSS SS SSS AC106612AB TRANSFER 7 DRIVEN GEAR EI ae 0222 STEP 19 Check harness for damage between output shaft speed sensor harness side connector B 38 terminal 3 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 20 NO Repair it STEP 20 Replace the transfer drive gear or driven gear 1 Replace the transfer drive gear driven gear Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Output Shaft P 23B 68 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 23 output YES The diagnostic trouble code may have set due to external radio frequency RFI possibility caused by cellular phone activity after market components installed on the vehicle etc NO The inspection is complete TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 29 DTC 26 Stoplight Switch System Stoplight Switch System Circuit BATTERY I
42. os 2 v 112 s 4 5 6 7 8 ZF 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18192021223 lt 24 95 26278 29 30 31 3233 34135 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 CONNECTOR 50 2 4L gt OR C 52 3 0L gt pide PCM CAR 21 CxO 7 Wm N24 ui 1121 314 s e 7 8 9 10 111213 14 15 1617 18192021223 2 24 25 26272823 30 31 82 33 34135 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 52 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 14 Check the ground voltage at PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 16 and ground by backprobing Voltage should be 0 5 volt or less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 15 Go to Step 16 STEP 15 Check connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Is the harness connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or damage between crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine terminal 16 Repair or
43. 1 Remove the transaxle assembly 2 Check the facing for seizure and the piston seal ring for damage and interference with the retainer Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 238 Transaxle 23 10 Reverse and Overdrive Clutch P 23B 59 Then check for the symptom Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Go to Step 10 STEP 7 Check shift shock Q Does shock occur sometimes YES Go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 9 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 263 STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle position sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES Go to Step 9 Check the throttle position sensor Refer to P 23A 42 P 23A 51 P 23A 59 diagnostic trouble code number 11 12 14 Throttle Position Sensor Sy
44. 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 6 Check connector 17 at control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 21 3 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 10 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair it 7 f lt 000709 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the actuator test mode for item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when t
45. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SPECIFICATIONS 23A 375 ITEMS Select lever vehicles with sport mode Selector lever assembly Transaxle control cable assembly SPECIFICATIONS 12 2 102 22 in lb 12 2 102 22 12 2 N m 102 22 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS M1231000300122 ITEMS Line pressure kPa psi A T fluid temperature sensor at 0 32 F STANDARD VALUE 1 010 1 050 147 152 16 7 20 5 at 20 C 68 F 7 3 8 9 at 40 104 F 3 4 4 2 at 60 C 140 F 1 9 22 at 80 C 176 F 1 0 12 at 100 C 212 F 0 57 0 69 Resistance of torque converter clutch control solenoid valve coil at 20 C 2 7 3 4 68 F Q Resistance of low reverse solenoid valve coil at 20 68 2 7 3 4 Resistance of second solenoid valve coil at 20 68 F Q 2 7 3 4 Resistance of underdrive solenoid valve coil at 20 C 68 F Q 2 7 3 4 Resistance of overdrive solenoid valve coil at 20 68 F 2 7 3 4 Stall speed r min 2 100 2 600 LUBRICANTS M1231000400174 ITEMS SPECIFIED LUBRICANTS QUANTITY DIAMOND ATF SP III or equivalent A T fluid dm qt F4A51 7 7 8 1 8 4 8 9 TSB Revision 5
46. B 41 YES Go to Step 11 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 11 Check connectors 27 at intermediate connector and C 43 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 and combination meter connector C 43 terminal 11 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECTOR C oS N ACO01741AR CONNECTOR C 43 C 43 E IE 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1e E VE MERGE i LM nj i 001729 AW M TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 149 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L gt OR C 63 3 0L gt 5 101102 103104 105 106 107 10810911011111211811 115 116 117 118 119 120 2 911921
47. Brake Pedal Check and Adjustment P 35A 17 Q Is the height adjusted properly YES Go to Step 2 NO Adjust it TSB Revision STOPLIGHT SWITCH AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 131 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS BRAKE PEDAL ACX02208AD CONNECTOR C 03 001729 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list 26 Stoplight Switch N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 26 Stoplight Switch e When the brake pedal is depressed the display should be ON e When the brake pedal is not depressed the display should be OFF 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction may be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Check the stoplight switch as single part Refer to GROUP 35A On vehicle Service Stoplight Switch Check P 35A 18 Q Is the switch normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the stoplight switch Refer to GROUP 35
48. STEP 7 Check the fit of the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 8 NO Install the key interlock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 8 Check the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 9 NO Replace the key interlock cable Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 9 Check the fit of the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 10 NO Install the transaxle control cable correctly Refer to P 23A 358 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 10 Check the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable in good condition YES Repair or replace the selector lever assembly Refer to P 23A 358 and P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly NO Replace the transaxle control cable Refer to P 23A 358 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5 Selector Lever cannot be Moved from R to P Position TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT Selector lever assembly transaxle control cable or lock cam may be defective TRO
49. 2 Start the engine and run at idle 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 9 NO Go to Step 4 STEP 4 Check the power supply voltage at automatic compressor controller connector C 12 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 12 2 Start the engine and run at idle 3 Operate the A C 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 4 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 283 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check connectors C 12 at automatic compressor controller and C 94 at intermediate connector for damage CONNECTOR C 12 IL V YES NO AC106628AB Q Are the connectors in good condition Go to Step 6 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision 23 284 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 001741 STEP 6 Check harness for short circuit to ground between
50. 69 11 ft Ib Front roll stopper 45 10 N m 33 7 ft lb 74 4 53 3 ft lb 49 3 37 2 ft lb 40 5 N m 30 3 ft lb 108 10 N m 80 7 ft lb 11 1 96 8 in Ib 45 5 Nm 34 3 ft lb 30 3 23 2 ft lb 4 9 1 0 44 8 in Ib 44 10 33 7 ft lb 29 4 21 4 ft lb Transaxle assembly lower part 2 4L engine 48 6 36 4 ft lb coupling bolt 3 0L engine 73 10 54 7 ft lb Transaxle assembly upper part 2 4L engine 48 6 36 4 ft lb coupling bolt 3 0L engine Transaxle control cable connection Transaxle mount bracket Transaxle mount stopper Transaxle control Cable arm vehicles with sport mode Detente spring vehicles without sport mode Indicator panel assembly Key interlock cable connection Lever assembly vehicles without sport mode Nut Shift lock cable connection Shift knob Shift switch vehicles with sport mode Bolt flange 73 10 54 7 ft lb Bolt washer assembled 88 10 65 7 ft lb 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib 57 7 N m 42 5 ft lb 83 12 N m 61 9 ft Ib 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib 1 5 0 5 N m 14 4 in Ib 1 5 0 5 14 4 in Ib 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib 12 2 102 22 in Ib 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib 1 8 0 2 16 2 in Ib 5 0 1 0 N m 44 9 in Ib YS ea J ma J oa mH TSB Revision
51. DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the hydraulic pressure 1 Measure the hydraulic pressure of each element when the transaxle is in 1st 2nd or reverse Check if each hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test 2 If some elements are within the standard value and some are not recheck the symptom Q Are all hydraulic pressures within the standard value YES Go to Step 3 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Adjust line pressure Adjust line pressure Refer to P 23A 40 Line Pressure Adjust ment Then check the symptom Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Check when shock occurs Q When does the shock occur When engaging from to D and to R Go to Step 4 When the vehicle starts moving Go to Step 5 STEP 4 Replace the oil pump 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Replace the oil pump Oil pump cannot be repaired Refer to GROUP 238 Transaxle P 23B 10 Then check the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 6 STEP 5 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the installation bolts for looseness and the O ring valves and valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 6
52. Data list No 63 h 37 mph in 4th gear 1 4th 3rd downshift to 3rd gear 2 3rd 2nd 2 While driving at 40 km 3 2nd1st h 25 mph in 3rd gear downshift to 2nd gear 3 While driving at 20 km h 12 mph in 2nd gear downshift to 1st gear INSPECTION ITEM DTC INSPECTION PROCEDURE PAGE Low reverse solenoid valve system P 23A 180 Does not shift from 2 to 1 Second solenoid valve system P 23A 195 1st gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 2nd gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 Second solenoid valve system P 23A 195 34 Overdrive solenoid valve system P 23A 202 44 Does not shift from 3 to 2 2nd gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 3rd gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 Underdrive solenoid valve system P 23A 188 Second solenoid valve system P 23A 195 3rd gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 4th gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 Does not shift from 4 to 3 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 25 STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION STANDARD INSPECTION DTC INSPECTION TEST OPERATION ITEM PROCEDURE PAGE 9 Selector lever Monitor data list No 22 The ratio Doesnot 22 Input shaft position on a No 23 with the scan between data list match speed sensor flat and straight MUT II No 22 and No system P 23A road 1 Move selector lever to 23 sho
53. On vehicle Service Pressure Switch Check P 55 25 SELECT SWITCH CHECK Refer to P 23A 363 M1231012700064 SHIFT SWITCH UP CHECK Refer to P 23A 363 M1231012800050 SHIFT SWITCH DOWN CHECK Refer to P 23A 363 M1231012900057 A T CONTROL RELAY CHECK 1 Remove the A T control relay 2 Use jumper wires to connect the A T control relay terminal 2 to the positive battery terminal and terminal 3 to the negative mi FRONT OF VEHICLE battery terminal 3 Check the continuity between terminal 1 and terminal 4 of the A T control relay when the jumper wires are connected to and disconnected from the battery M1231009300118 JUMPER WIRE CONTINUITY BETWEEN TERMINALS NO 1 AND NO 4 AC100115AF Connected Less than 2 ohm Disconnected Open circuit 4 f there is any problem with the A T control relay replace it SOLENOID VALVE CHECK M1231009400115 1 Use the scan tool to measure the ATF temperature and set the ATF temperature to 20 C 68 F 2 Remove the A T control solenoid valve assembly connector 3 Measure the resistance between the solenoid valve A T CONTROL terminals SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY 4 Check that the measured values are within the standard values at Steps 1 and 2 006158 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 355 ON VEHICLE SERVICE Standard value TERMINAL ITEMS RESISTANCE CONNECTION OF TEST
54. STEP 5 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch Move the selector lever to P R D 3 2 L and sport mode positions to confirm whether shown on the scan tool Vehicles with sport mode is indicated as D on the scan tool 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision 23 146 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 6 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8
55. TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E ON VEHICLE SERVICE 23A 351 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT M1231001900127 Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13A 576 Refer to GROUP 13B 3 0L Engine On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13B 677 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONTINUITY CHECK M1231001400252 ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED 7 CONNECTION CONDITION PARK NEUTRAL h TESTER POSITION PNP amp SWITCH 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 004672 0 Z D U 1 5 8 2 8 6 8 NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions D are used 005865 AB TSB Revision 23 352 TRANSAXLE MANUAL CONTROL LEVER 001892 MANUAL CONTROL LEVER BOLTS SECTION A A HOLE IN END MANUAL CONTROL HOLE IN LEVER FLANGE PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH BODY 005866 TRANSAXLE 12 2Nm CONTROL 102 22 in Ib CABLE 5 gt ADJUSTING NUT 001632 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON VEHICLE SERVICE PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH AND CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT 1 2 3 M1231010300134 Set the selector lever to the N position Loosen the control cable to the manual control lever coupling nut to free the cable and lever Set the manual control l
56. control relay D Park Neutral position PNP switch F fluid temperature sensor Power train control module PCM H Crankshaft position sensor 2 4L Engine E Shift switch assembly Vehicles with K sport mode G Crankshaft position sensor 3 0L Engine E Solenoid valves Input shaft speed sensor Throttle position sensor 3 0L Engine B Output shaft speed sensor C TSB Revision 23 344 2 4L gt AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON VEHICLE SERVICE 3 0L ENGINE gt 004792 7 E oe lt THROTTLE SENSOR TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E ON VEHICLE SERVICE 23A 345 3 0L gt E I o f SPEED X INPUT SHAFT THROTTLE SENSOR POSITION SENSOR 1 2 O 9880 as AC100203AH z 001877 MNS A T CONTROL RELAY lt CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AC102447AD 001882 3 01 ENGINE CRANKSHAFT NJ PARK NEUTRAL amp O O POSITION O 0 gt 4 oN FEN CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET DIPSTICK p NY bu OVERDRIVE 1 8 UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID SOLENOID POWER VALVE 4 TRAIN LOW SECOND CONTROL REVERSE SOLENOID MODULE SOLENOID VALVE PCM VAINE TORQUE VA
57. gt 001657 CONNECTOR 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt PCM NM SN OQ oru lI E uy 101102 103104 105 106 107 9 108 109110 111 112 113 1141151161718 119 120 lt 191122193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS 1 SIDE VIEW AC001903 AD STEP 3 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 4 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing P position 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 101 and ground by backprobing e When selector lever position is P voltage should be battery positive voltage e When selector lever position is R voltage should be 0 5 volt or less e When selector lever position is N voltage should be 0 5 volt or less e When selector lever position is D voltage should be 0 5 volt or less e When selector lever position is 3 voltage should be 0
58. 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision 23 230 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INPUT SHAFT PEED SENSOR 001836 4 ag VALVE jm We 25 BODY ke ASSEMBLY TEP 9 Oh 2 ell 4 TF H 001860 STEP 6 Replace the input shaft speed sensor 1 Replace the input shaft speed sensor Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code 52 is output YES Go to Step 7 NO The inspection is complete STEP 7 Replace the underdrive clutch retainer 1 Replace the underdrive clutch retainer Refer to GROUP 23B Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 57 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code 52 is output YES The A T diagnostic trouble code may have set due to external radio frequency RFI possibility caused by cellular phone activity after market components installed on the vehicle etc NO The inspection is complete STEP 8 Replace the PCM 1 Replace the PCM 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code 52 is outp
59. AAA 001729 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 31 9 STEP 22 Check harness for short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 1 B 41 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 23 Repair it STEP 23 Check harness for short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 2 and combination meter connector C 41 terminal 50 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 3 Repair it CONNECTOR 41 C 41 aJa 45 46 47 lt 48 49 50 52635465 e 001729 TSB Revision 23 320 CONNECTOR 65 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 24 Check the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 363 Transaxle Control Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 25 NO Replace the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 361 Transaxle Control STEP 25 Check connector C 65 at the shift switch assembly for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 26 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2
60. Go to Step 38 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 63 CONNECTOR C 61 NCN ce S OQ Or AA NO eere 4 2 2223 9 X 16104 03104 105 106 107 N C 61 9100111211311445 16117118 119 120 Pai 12120197 0419 106127124 129 130 001657 61 HARNESS SIDE VIEW 01908 61 5 vr jJ Rd d 22 19104 109104 105 106 107 V C 61 nosjogioriusfir pnus ere 119 120 p eie 04094 126 1271128 129 130 AC001657 BH STEP 38 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the selector lever to the 2 position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 122 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 NO Go to Step 39 STEP 39 Check connector C 61 at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to gr
61. If you repeat the stall test when the fluid temperature is 80 C 176 F or more move the selector lever to the range and let the engine run at approximately 1 000 r min for at least one minute and then wait until the ATF temperature returns to 80 176 F or lower Standard value Stall speed 2 100 2 600 r min 7 Move the selector lever to the R position and repeat step 6 Standard value Stall speed 2 100 2 600 r min AC001824 AB TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 26 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS TORQUE CONVERTER STALL TEST JUDGEMENT RESULTS 1 Stall speed is too high in D range only e Malfunction of torque converter Slippage on the splines of the torque converter and the input shaft e Low line pressure e Low reverse brake slippage and malfunction of one way clutch 2 Stall speed is too high in D range only e Underdrive clutch slippage 3 Stall speed is too high range only Reverse clutch slippage 4 Stall speed too low in both D and R ranges e Malfunction of torque converter Slippage of the one way clutch e Insufficient engine output HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS M1231005500165 Check the A T fluid level and temperature Check engine coolant temperature e A T fluid level HOT mark on the dipstick e A T fluid temperature 70 80 C 158 176 F e Engine coolant temperature 80 100 C 176 212 F A CAUTION The fluid temperat
62. OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO to Step 9 01 103104 5 106 107 104 11 1101111112413 114115118117 118 110 120 12112212 104 12512712 129 130 61 lt 2 41 gt C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001971AD STEP 4 Check connectors B 40 at solenoid valve assembly and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 8 7 Eoo CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt E 05106 107 810904114919 ros 16117108 119 120 heroes 9008 129 10 61 2 4L gt 63 3 0L gt 001657 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 212 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 7 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 107 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA
63. OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BE 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 16 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be 0 5 volt or less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Go to Step 3 C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 112 34 __ 56 718 9 10 1112 13 41515 7 181920 21223 24 25 2627 8 1 1301313283 8435 100047 TSB Revision 23 104 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 50 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 3 0L ENGINE gt 45 5 d 112 sla 5 6 7 8 IN 9 10 1112113 14 15 16 17 18192021223 24 25 26272829 30313283 3435 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 i Ner oo 5 STEP 3 Check connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 4 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position
64. STEP 14 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 7 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 01 Engine terminal 107 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Replace the PCM Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 217 DTC 41 1st Gear Incorrect Ratio DTC 42 2nd Gear Incorrect Ratio DTC 43 3rd Gear Incorrect Ratio DTC 44 4th Gear Incorrect Ratio DTC 46 Reverse Gear Incorrect Ratio Input Shaft Speed Sensor and Output Shaft Speed Sensor System Circuit IGNITION SWITCH IG1 1 1 2 3 4 8 6 JUNCTION BLOCK 23112 C 112 1857 5 C5 C 28 1 2 3 456 LT 1 in 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 ala mo 5 16 r 6 7 9 12 1311415 17 28 1819205253 41252627 29 30131 4 5 3637 OUT
65. Sem e 112 4 5 6 s 9 10 2 25 6272829 80 31 82 33 34135 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BE 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 16 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be 0 5 volt or less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Go to Step 3 C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 112 34 __ 56 718 9 10 1112 13 41515 7 181920 21223 24 25 2627 8 1 1301313283 8435 100047 TSB Revision 23 118 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 50 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 3 0L ENGINE ON 95 d 112 sla 5 6 7 8 i Ner oo 5 IN 9 10 1112113 14 15 16 17 18192021223 24 25 26272829 30313283 3435 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 3 50 lt 2 41 gt 52 lt 3 01 Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 4 Using scan
66. TERMINAL NO 109 110 105 117 120 121 INSPECTION ITEMS INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL CONDITION Park Neutral position e Ignition switch ON OV switch 3 lt Vehicles e Selector lever position 3 e Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage e Selector lever position Other than without sport mode gt above Select switch lt Vehicles e Ignition switch ON OV with sport mode gt e Selector lever position Sport mode e Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage e Selector lever position Other than above Park Neutral position e Ignition switch ON OV switch L lt Vehicles e Selector lever operation L without sport mode gt e Ignition switch Battery positive voltage e Selector lever operation Other than above Select switch Down e Ignition switch ON lt Vehicles with sport e Selector lever operation Downshift and mode gt hold the selector lever e Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage e Selector lever operation Other than above Shift indicator light 3rd Engine Idling Battery positive voltage lt Vehicles with sport e Gear range 3rd gear mode gt e Engine Idling 0 0 9V e Gear range other than 3rd gear Shift indicator light 2 nd Engine Idling Battery positive voltage lt Vehicles with sport e Gear range 2nd gear mode gt e Engine Idling 0 0 9V e Gear range other than 2nd gear Under drive solenoid e Engine Idling Battery positive voltage e Select
67. sport 6G72 3 0L Engine Vehicles with variable induction system 2 04 2 666 1 448 1 000 0 731 2 720 4 TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION TRANSAXLE The transaxle is made up of the torque converter and gear train A 3 element 1 step 2 phase torque con verter with built in torque converter clutch is used The gear train is made up of three sets of multi plate clutches two sets of multi plate brakes one set of one way clutches and two sets of planetary gears The planetary gears are made up of sun gears carriers pinion gears and annulus gears TRANSAXLE CONFIGURATION DRAWING REV 2ND LR wi 001813 AB COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS COMPONENT FUNCTION Underdrive clutch connects the input shaft to the underdrive sun gear Reverse clutch connects the input shaft to the reverse sun gear Overdrive clutch OD connects the input shaft to the overdrive planetary carrier Low reverse brake holds the low reverse annulus gear and the overdrive planetary carrier Second brake holds the reverse sun gear One way clutch OWC restricts the rotation direction of the low reverse annulus gear FUNCTION ELEMENT TABLE Vehicles without sport mode OPERATING ELEMENT ENGINE PARKING UNDERDRIV REVERSE OVER DRIVE LOW SECOND SELECTOR LEVER START MECHANISM E CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH OD REVERSE BRAKE 2ND POSIT
68. 04098 126 1271128 129 130 X 101102 03104 105 106 107 N 61 hose apps ere rne 119 120 121020129 0410 106127124 129 130 AC001657 BH here 1 107 120 Bees hesia 129 130 61 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 001946 001657 STEP 42 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the selector lever to the L position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 110 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 Go to Step 43 STEP 43 Check connector C 61 at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 6 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 110 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 NO TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 66 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 44 Check connectors C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM and
69. 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 aJa 7 8 9 10 41 43 43 I E 21314 5 6 7 8 9 AC001729AW TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 001729 AW CONNECTOR 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L ENGINE gt hood odo fosio 107 vA 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 4 E 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 lt CONNEC B 41 ITE AC001844AK 23 247 STEP 7 Check harness for open circuit short circuit to ground and damage between combination meter connector C 43 terminal 9 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or 63 3 0L Engine terminal 121 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 8 Repair it STEP 8 Check harness for damage between combination meter connector C 43 terminal 12 and th
70. 2429 129 130 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 106611 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 304 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS C 111 C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW gt D 1 10 11 12 13 14 106814 CIRCUIT OPERATION If the select switch of the shift switch assembly is set to the sport mode battery positive voltage will be applied to the PCM terminal number 109 If the shift switch of the shift switch assembly is set to UP or DOWN position battery positive voltage will be applied to the PCM terminal number 122 110 COMMENT The cause is probably a malfunction of the Park Neu tral position switch circuit shift switch assembly cir cuit or a defective PCM TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II Malfunction of the Park Neutral position switch Malfunction of the shift switch assembly select switch Malfunction of the shift switch assembly shift switch Up Malfunction of the shift switch assembly shift switch Down Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM TSB Revision
71. 3 m E BE ca 25 fr gt 2 3 lt rd 4 5 6 218 9 102 109 C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR 121 108 101 i Y 63 3 0L ENGINE ME TER ALIO M MU803 783 L L 101102 103 104 105 106 107 POW 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 p ERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE 23 0610108 129 180 W3811M06AA AC106634AB I TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 38 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 41 41 mE 5 46 62635465 e Ee 001729 43 43 28 12131415 Gunnar wee MESES 572 18 9 20 212323 4 25292 106611 2 AC001729AW CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt
72. 3 Move the selector lever to the 3 position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 109 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 NO Go to Step 35 STEP 35 Check connector C 61 at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 5 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 109 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 162 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 36 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 37 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 37 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES
73. 65 at shift switch assembly for damage i ition CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR Q Are the connectors in good C 63 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Repair harness short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 109 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 10102 1031104 105 106 107 2 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 CONNECTOR 65 i DTC 28 Park Neutral Position Switch System Short Circuit Park Neutral Position Switch System Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely Refer to P 23A 136 causes for this code to be set CIRCUIT OPERATION Malfunction of the Park Neutral position switch Malfunction of the ignition switch Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM Refer to P 23A 136 DTC SET CONDITIONS If the PCM detects more than one kind of park neu tral position switch input signals for continuous period of thirty seconds it is judged that there is a short circuit in the Park Neutral position switch and diagnostic trouble code number 28 is output DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan
74. 67 Select Shift switch Vehicles with sport 1 OFF 2 ON switch assembly mode 3 4 Shift switch system P 23A 1 D 1st gear Data list No 68 302 2 Select the sport mode 1 OFF 2 OFF 1st gear 3 ON 4 OFF 3 Upshift and hold the Data list No 69 selector lever in that 1 OFF 2 OFF position 2nd gear 3 OFF 4 ON 4 Downshift and hold the selector lever in that position 1st gear Shift indicator light 1 or 1 illuminates 2 Only 1 illuminates 3 Only 2 illuminates 4 Only 1 illuminates Accelerator pedal Data list No 11 11 TPS system 1 Fully closed 1 535 735 mV 12 23 42 2 Depressed 2 Gradually 14 23 51 3 Fully open rises from 1 23 59 3 4 500 5 500 mV Brake pedal Data list No 26 Stoplight 26 Stoplight 1 Depressed 1 ON switch switch system 2 Released 2 OFF P 23A 129 TSB Revision 23 20 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION 3 Ignition switch ST Engine Stopped 4 Warming up TEST OPERATION STANDARD INSPECTION INSPECTION ITEM PROCEDURE PAGE Cranking test with lever Cranking should Cranking Engine does P or N range be possible not crank P 23A 249 Drive for 15 minutes or Data list No 15 fluid 15 A T fluid more so that the A T fluid Gradually rises temperatur 16 temperature tem
75. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 45 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt G ul 75 76 77 v N 7879801811828 3184858687 88 89 lt 1 620364 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ STEP 5 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle Position Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in the idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in the full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM STEP 6 Check connectors B 07 at throttle positi
76. B 07 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 001548 CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE gt PCM 75 76 77 8418518087 88 89 95196 97 98 001657 7 d 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC000847 AD STEP 2 Check the sensor output voltage at throttle position sensor connector B 07 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector B 07 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground by backprobing With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 0 535 and 0 735 volts With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 5 and 5 5 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 3 Go to Step 7 STEP 3 Check the sensor output voltage at PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 78 and ground by backprobing e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 0 535 and
77. C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt G 101104 103104 105 106 107 v4 8109110111 12 11314 115 116 11718 119 120 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 NO A AC001837Al STEP 5 Check the sensor output voltage at PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Disconnect connector B 38 at the output shaft speed sensor 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 104 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 5 and 4 9 volts 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 6 STEP 6 Check connectors C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM and B 38 at output shaft speed sensor for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 20 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for short circuit to ground between PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 104 and output shaft speed senso
78. OR 63 3 0L gt 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE 105 106 107 115116 117 118 119 120 126127128 129 130 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 35 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt J o v 4 2 gt 5 e hood 03104 15 106 107 11810911013119 13 pus erue 119 120 lt 91192194 124129 26121 28 199 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 8 Check connector 61 2 4L Engine 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 9 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 9 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 26 Stoplight Switch CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool 991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 26 Stoplight Switch e When the brake pedal is depressed the display
79. Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 PCM G 5 6 CA iN 47 48 0 50 51 2 53 54 55 56 67 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt AME PCM A A Co QUO Ort 6 om 5 6 vA 47 48 5 52 53 54 55 56 57 E 58 59 60616263 646566 54 2 4L ENGINE C 55 lt 3 0L gt 001657 CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 41 gt OR 55 3 0L gt 5 Ly 5 vA 47 48 9 50 51 2 53 54 55 56 57 lt 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 fad 8 51 52 53 54 5 50 50 61 5263 4 15146 6566 54 lt 2 41 gt C 55 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC000848 AD 23A 47 STEP 10 Check harness for open circuit or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 54
80. ceeding to Step 8 8 Reconnect the hose which was disconnected in step 1 above and firmly replace the dipstick 9 Start the engine and run it at idle for one to two minutes 10 Move the selector lever through all positions and then move it to the N position 11 Check that the A T fluid level is at the COLD mark on the dipstick If the level is lower than this pour in more A T fluid 12 Drive the vehicle until the A T fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature 70 80 C 158 176 F and then check the A T fluid level again The A T fluid level must be at the HOT mark NOTE A T fluid temperature is measured with scan tool MUT II NOTE The COLD level is for reference only the HOT level should be regarded as the standard level FLUID LEVEL mm in NOTE If it takes some amount of time until the A T fluid reaches its normal operating temperature 70 80 158 176 check the A T fluid level by referring to the left dia gram 13 When fluid is under the specified level pour in more A T fluid When A T fluid is under the specified level drain the excessive A T fluid from the drain plug to adjust A T fluid 25 level to the specified level 104 140 176 14 Firmly insert the dipstick into the oil filler tube FLUID TEMPERATURE 002477 106828 10 0 4 DIPSTICK TSB Revision
81. dual pressure switch connector A 36 terminal 1 and automatic compressor controller connector C 12 terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair it STEP 7 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 65 Dual Pressure Switch A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine and run at idle 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item65 Dual Pressure Switch e When the A C is in operation the scan tool display should be ON e When the A C is not in operation the scan tool display should be OFF 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Check the air conditioning system Refer to GROUP 55A Troubleshooting Strategy P 55 5 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 285 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 8 Check connectors C 12 at automatic compressor controller and C 94 at intermediate connector for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit between automatic compressor controller connecto
82. fluid temperature is 60 C 140 F resistance should be between 1 9 2 2 kiloohm ACX02103 AD e When fluid temperature is 80 C 176 F resistance should be between 1 0 and 1 2 kiloohm e When fluid temperature is 100 C 212 F resis tance should be between 0 57 and 0 69 kiloohm Q Is the resistance normal YES Go to Step 7 Replace the A T fluid temperature sensor Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 TSB Revision 23 82 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 40 7 000000 E HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 ACX02104AC 7 7 O00000 F CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt N HH 5 46 ZI N 47 48 95051525354 555657 y 58 59 6061 62 63 64165166 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 7 Check the power supply voltage at A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and ground e Voltage should be between 4 5 and 4 9 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 8 Repair harness short circuit to ground between A T control solenoid valve
83. ing symptoms noise or vibration is generated A T fluid leaks the vehicle does not move forward or backward The cases of these symptoms could come from Incorrect mounting the A T fluid may be low or a component of the transaxle may be faulty M1231012300130 The following items are suspected as causes for the INVECS II troubles malfunctions of the PCM the sensors the switches the harness or connectors TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 5 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS A T DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy If you follow them carefully you will find most A T faults 1 Gather as much information as possible about the complaint from the customer 2 Verify that the condition described by the customer exists 3 Check the vehicle for any A T Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC 4 f you cannot verify the condition and there are no the malfunction is intermittent For information on how to cope with intermittent malfunctions refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 5 If you can verify the condition but there are no DTC or the system cannot communicate with the scan tool refer to Symptom Chart P 23A 41 M1231007600168 6 If there is a DTC record the number of the code then erase the code from memory using the scan tool 7 Reconfirm the
84. lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 57 Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair it STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 46 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 14 NO to Step 12 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 48 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 12 Check connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 55 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 13 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness PCM Connector Inspection 00 2 Le 5 6 IN 48 49505 1525354555657 P 58 59 60616263 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 13 Check harness for damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 4 and PCM connector 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 46 CONNECTOR B 07 Q Is the harness wire in go
85. output shaft etc Repair or replace the damaged parts Refer to GROUP 238 Transaxle P 23B 10 Planetary Gear P 23B 64 Output Shaft P 23B 68 Differential P 23B 70 Then check the symptom 9 15 the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision 23 256 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 001858 STEP 4 Replace the oil pump 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Replace the oil pump pump cannot be repaired Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Then check the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Replace the PCM Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5 Engine Stalls when Moving Selector Lever from N to D or N to R COMMENT If the engine stalls when the selector lever is shifted from to D or range while the engine is idling the cause is probably a malfunction of the engine system torque converter clutch solenoid valve valve body or torque converter torque converter clutch malfunction TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case e Malfunction of the engine system e Malfunction of the torque converter clutch sole noid e Malfunction of the valve body e Malfunction of the torque converter Malfunction of the torque converter clutch e Malfunction of the PCM
86. 0 735 volts e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 5 and 5 5 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 6 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 53 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check connectors B 07 at the throttle position sensor and C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR B 07 Q Are the connectors in good condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECTOR C 57 2 4L gt OR 59 3 0L gt Piffa 75 76 77 s 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 lt 00 91 929394 9596 97 98 C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ STEP 5 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle Position Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item
87. 001657 STEP 3 Check connector 61 2 4L Engine 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 4 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 15 AIT Fluid Temperature Sensor CAUTION prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 15 A T Fluid Temperature Sensor e At cool condition Almost equal to the ambient tempera ture atmospheric temperature e At warm condition 70 to 80 158 to 176 F 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 80 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 3 0L gt ME 8 lt C 61 lt 2 41 gt OH
88. 0L gt 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA 08110911011 fre s ufus ne 11718 119 120 y edes 62104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 61 lt 2 41 gt C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW hug osos us 106 119 120 6222423 4126 1 AC001965AD 8 7 Eoo CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 04927 p AY L 05106 107 810904114919 ros 16117108 119 120 2 heroes 9008 129 10 61 2 4L gt 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 3 Check the solenoid valve output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 130 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO to Step 9 STEP 4 Check connectors B 40 at solenoid valve assembly and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L
89. 106 130 107 129 OR 63 lt 3 OL ENGINE POWERTRA i CONTROL ODULE W3S11M07AA TSB Revision AC106635AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 181 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF fof 1 1 2 VALVE BODY 7f ASSEMBLY Ef H AC002219A0 CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt bi e 101102 104 105 106 107 108 109 10 1111121113 14115116 17118 119 120 9008 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 CIRCUIT OPERATION control relay supplies battery positive voltage to each solenoid valve terminal 9 and 10 e Solenoid valve closes when energized on and opens when deenergized off The PCM ener gizes or deenergizes solenoid valve based on inputs from sensors such as Throttle Position Sensor Park Neutral Position Switch Stoplight Switch Vehicle Speed Sensor Input Shaft Speed Sensor Output Shaft Speed Sensor A T Fluid Temperature Sensor etc The PCM provides the ground to energize sole noid The ground time is displayed in percent As solenoid is energized or deenergized it influ ences hydraulic pressure in th
90. 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 54 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR B 07 Q Are the connectors in good condition lt 2 41 ENGINE gt 3 0L ENGINE YES Repair harness open circuit or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine terminal 78 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt PCM 75 76 77 s 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 lt 00 91 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ
91. 120 lt 91192494 124129 196197194 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 12 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Selector lever position should be sport mode 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 109 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 14 Go to Step 13 STEP 13 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 5 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 109 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 STEP 14 Check connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 314 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMAT
92. 13 Check connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 59 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 14 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 es 76 77 2 5 6 87 88 lt 9091 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L gt C 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ STEP 14 Check harness for short circuit to ground open circuit or damage between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 and PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminals 77 and 89 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 15 Repair it FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR 59 3 0L gt e y 75 76 77 v4 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 lt 00 91 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657AZ STEP 15 Check harness for damage between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 1 and battery Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 16 NO Repair it FRONT OF
93. 15 psi compressed air into the reverse clutch oil orifice of the transaxle case Then check if the reverse clutch piston moves and air pressures are maintained in that condition Repeat for the low reverse brake Q Are the reverse clutch low reverse brake or both air pressures maintained YES Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6 STEP 5 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 7 STEP 6 Check the reverse clutch low reverse brake or both Remove the transaxle Check the facing for seizure and the piston seal ring for dam age and interference with the retainer Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Reverse and Overdrive Clutch P 23B 59 Then check the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Go to Step 7 STEP 7 Replace the PCM Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 255 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4 Does not Move forward or backward COMMENT If the vehicle does not move forward or backward when the selector lever is shifted to any position while the engine is idling the cau
94. 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt So Syl SN as Or Or ut J lt AN 12 4 gt M oy 717273 4 75 76 77 X 78 79 8081 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 lt 0091 92 93 94 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the sensor output voltage at PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 78 and ground by backprobing e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 0 535 and 0 735 volts e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 5 and 5 5 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 6 STEP 4 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt at the PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision
95. 23 Output shaft speed Gear range 3rd Driving at constant 1 600 1 900 r SNSR sensor gear speed of 50 km h 31 min 2 4L mph Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 325 MUT I SCAN ITEM INSPECTION ITEM INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL TOOL NO CONDITION DISPLAY PNP 61 Park Neutral position Ignition switch ON Selector lever p SWITCH switch position P Selector lever R position R Selector lever N position N Selector lever D position D Selector lever position 3 Vehicles without sport mode Selector lever position 2 Vehicles without sport mode Selector lever position L Vehicles without sport mode SELECT SW 67 Select switch Ignition switch ON Selector lever OFF Vehicles with sport position D mode Selector lever operation Select sport mode Selector lever operation Upshift and hold the selector lever Selector lever operation Downshift and hold the selector lever SHIFT POS 63 Shift position Selector lever Driving at constant position L 2 3 D speed of 10 km h Vehicles without 6 2 mph in 1st gear sport mode or Driving at constant 2 Sport mode speed of 30 km h 19 Vehicles with mph in 2nd gear sport mode Driving at constant 3 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear Driving at constant 4th speed of 50 km h 31 m
96. 23B 10 Then check the symptom Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Replace the PCM Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 258 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6 Shift Shock when Shifting from N to D and Long Delay TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case Abnormal underdrive clutch pressure Malfunction of the underdrive solenoid valve Malfunction of the underdrive clutch Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of the throttle position sensor Malfunction of the PCM COMMENT If abnormal shock or delay of two seconds or more occurs when the selector lever is shifted from N to D range while the engine is idling the cause is probably abnormal underdrive clutch pressure or a malfunction of the underdrive clutch valve body or throttle position sensor DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actua
97. 25 STEP 15 Replace the output shaft speed sensor 1 Replace the output shaft speed sensor Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code 23 output NS k 759 rl YES Go to Step 18 SPEED SENSOR NO The inspection is complete NO AC001837AD TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 26 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 E36 7 8 101112 13 14 5 17 28 18 19 20 25 26 2 21222324 29 3 38 3031 32333435 S63 AC106611AB CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK gt FRONT VIEW p ud 1 8 9110 11 12 13 14 106612 STEP 16 Check connectors C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at junction block for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 17 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 17 Check harness for damage between output shaft speed sensor harness side connector B 38 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L
98. 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode e When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode e When selector lever position is L voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode e When selector lever position is sport mode voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles with sport mode Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 7 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Go to Step 5 Vehicles with sport mode Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 101 Vehicles without sport mode TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 69 STEP 5 Check harness for damage between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 101 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 YES Go to Step 6 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 6 Check connectors C 27 at inter
99. 50 km h 31 mph in 4th gear 100 10096 096 0 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Are the solenoid valves operating properly YES Go to Step 4 NO Go toStep 6 STEP 4 Adjust the line pressure Adjust the line pressure Refer to P 23A 40 Line Pressure Adjustment Then check the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and the valve for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to ASSEMBLY GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 7 001860 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 270 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Replace each solenoid valve Replace the faulty solenoid valve with a new one lt e 2 OVERDAIV T UNDERDRIVE Q Is the symptom eliminated 2 y YES Diagnosis is complete LOW NO Goto Step 7 REVERSE SECOND SOLENOID SOLENOID VALVE VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY VALVE 001869 STEP 7 Replace the Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11 Does not Shift Properly Some Points Early or Late Shift Points
100. 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 61 lt 2 41 gt 63 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001904AD CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt 101102 0314 105 106 107 2 v 1081109110 1111112113114115116 117118 119 120 hahahaa 48 129 1130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 14 Check connector 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 15 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 15 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the selector lever to the R position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 108 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 Go to Step 16 STEP 16 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 17 Vehicles
101. 661 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CHECK M1231003900123 Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Check P 13A 584 Refer to GROUP 13B 3 0L Engine On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Check P 13B 683 A T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTINUITY CHECK 1 Remove the A T fluid temperature sensor M1231004500139 2 Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of the A T fluid temperature sensor connector Standard value A T FLUID TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE 0 32 F 16 7 20 5 20 C 68 F 7 3 8 9 40 104 F 3 4 4 2 KQ Acton 60 C 140 F 1 9 2 2 kQ 80 C 176 F 1 0 1 2 100 C 212 F 0 57 0 69 kQ 3 If the A T fluid temperature sensor resistance is not consistent with the fluid temperature replace A T fluid temperature sensor NOTE The N range indicator light on the combination meter flashes when the temperature reaches approximately 125 C 257 F or higher and then stops flashing when the temper ature drops below approximately 115 C 239 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CHECK M1231001400263 Refer to P 23A 351 STOPLIGHT SWITCH CHECK M1231009100114 Refer to GROUP 35A On vehicle Service Stoplight Switch Check P 35A 18 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 354 ON VEHICLE SERVICE PRESSURE SWITCH CHECK M1231004700122 Refer to GROUP 55
102. 70 73 101 0 50 0 70 73 101 NOTE Ifthe torque converter pressure is measured the engine speed should be 1 500 r min or less TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST DIAGNOSIS TABLE 23A 29 SYMPTOMS All hydraulic pressures are high hydraulic pressures are low Hydraulic pressure is abnormal in reverse gear only Hydraulic pressure is abnormal in 3rd or 4th gear only Only underdrive clutch hydraulic pressure is abnormal Only reverse clutch hydraulic pressure is abnormal Only overdrive clutch hydraulic pressure is abnormal PROBABLE CAUSE Malfunction of the regulator valve Malfunction of the oil pump Clogged internal oil filter Clogged oil cooler Malfunction of the regulator valve Malfunction of the relief valve Incorrect valve body installation Improperly installed solenoid valves Damaged solenoid valve O rings Malfunction of the regulator valve Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Malfunction of the overdrive solenoid valve Malfunction of the overdrive pressure control valve Malfunction of the regulator valve Malfunction of the switch valve Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Malfunction of the oil seal K Malfunction of the oil seal L Malfunction of the oil seal M Malfunction of the underdrive solenoid valve Malfunction of the underdrive pressure control valve Malfunc
103. C 77 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9110 11 AR T BES n AA 01729 Failure may occur on vehicle speed signal circuit speedometer and PCM CIRCUIT OPERATION e While the vehicle is being driven the PCM sends pulse signals ranging from O to 12 volts to the combination meter according to output signals from the output shaft speed sensor The combi TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely nation meter displays vehicle speed according to Causes for this code to be the pulse signals Malfunction of the output shaft speed sensor If the vehicle speed signal becomes inoperative Malfunction of the speedometer the transaxle will not shift normally Damaged harness connector e Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 297 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
104. Check connectors C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM C 28 and C 94 at intermediate connector for damage CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt PCM 8 ry 71 723174 75 76 77 8 79 80 81182183184 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 926364 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ 9 8 112 18 14 15 19 201212223 25 26 2 3031 35 369 ES T 28 38 AC106611AB TSB Revision 23 288 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 94 CONNECTOR BLOCK RH 1 2 3 4 s e v a e 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 106628 iT 4 004374 CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE PCM 8 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 v 8 9 80 81 82183184 85 86 87 88 89 9001 92 93 94 6596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 11 NO Repa
105. Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 7 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 7 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 8 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 147 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 3 0L gt 101 103104 105 106 107 ve CE 417 e EY hod 108 109110 11 112113114 15116117 16 119 120 91192194 124129 196197194 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 92 124125 429 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001903AD CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt v b i pe T 7 24 ES uy 104104 103104 105 106 107 vA 108 109110 11 121131114115116111 16 119 120 2 191192193 124125 126127128 12
106. DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the engine system Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Diagnosis Trouble Symptom Chart When the engine is hot it stalls at idle P 13A 25 or GROUP 138 3 0L Engine Diagnosis Trouble Symp tom Chart When the engine is hot it stalls at idle P 13B 26 Q Is the inspection result good YES Go to Step 2 Repair or replace the engine components TSB Revision rj E 9 BODY ASSEMBLY AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 257 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 001866 001860 001857 STEP 2 Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Then check the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom If the symptom is not eliminated go to Step 4 STEP 4 Replace the torque converter assembly 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Replace the torque converter assembly Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P
107. Driver s Side Under Cover Removal and Installation Refer to GROUP 52 Instrument Panel P 52A 3 e Floor Console Box Removal and Installation Refer to GROUP 52 Floor Console P 52A 8 VEHICLES WITHOUT SPORT MODE gt 2 12 2 102 22 in Ib Sa Ag amp 1 12 2 ap 102 22 in Ib 12 2 102 22 in Ib 001630 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE CONTROL VEHICLES WITH SPORT MODE 1 2 4 102 22 in Ib d a gt gt C lt lt 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL STEPS NUT ADJUSTER TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTION SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY SIDE TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY TRANSAXLE SIDE HEATER COOLER UNIT REFER TO GROUP 55 HEATER COOLER UNIT HEATER CORE AND EVAPORATOR 55 35 TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY gt gt B lt lt gt gt lt lt 23 359 12 2 102 22 AC001631AB SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL STEPS TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE ASSEMBLY CONNECTION SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY SIDE KEY INTERLOCK CABLE CONNECTION SELECTOR LEVER SIDE SHIFT LACK CABLE CONNECTION SELECTOR LEVER SIDE A T SELECTOR LEVER POSITION ILLUMINATION LIGHT CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt lt lt SHIFT LOCK CABLE SELECTOR LEVER SIDE INSTALLATION 1
108. ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 57 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 3 0L gt f NA T d Qe Q 57 2 4L ENGINE gt d 2 aras C 59 3 0L gt EUM s 47 48 91 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 58 59 60616263 64165 66 8 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 aa 89 54 lt 2 41 gt 90 91 9293 94 9596 97 98 C 55 3 0L gt 001657 SET CONDITIONS ION If the control relay voltage is less than 7 volts at terminals 77 and 89 after the ignition switch has When turning the ignition switch to the ON posi turned 10 the bd poson judged that tion the PCM receives battery voltage from the there is an open circuit or a short circuit in the A T ignition switch terminal 98 Then the PCM ter control relay ground and diagnostic trouble code minal number 50 applies a voltage to the A T number 54 is output The transmission is locked control relay terminal number 4 and the A T into the 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N control relay switch is turned on When the A T range light flashes once per second control relay switch is turned on the battery applies a power supply voltage to the PCM ter TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most
109. Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 104 CONNECTOR B 38 YES Go to Step 18 Repair it AC001837Al CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 1031104 105 106 107 115116117 118 119 120 d T 2 101102 JAN 108109110111112 12 A 12122123 124125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 18 Check harness for damage between output shaft speed sensor harness side connector B 38 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine terminal 16 CONNECTOR B 38 70 Ww B 38 NS f 3 YES Go to Step 19 Repair it AC001837Al CONNECTOR C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt P d ML I A N p uy 1 314 56 9 111213 1415 16 17 18 19202112223 lt 26 27 28 29 30 31 82 33 34135 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 1 the harness wire good condition Q Is the harness wire in good condition TSB Revision 23 128 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 38 AC001837Al
110. Is the resistance normal YES Go to Step 19 Replace the throttle position sensor Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Throttle Body Assembly P 13A 592 or 13B 3 0L Engine Throttle Body Assembly P 13B 689 STEP 19 Check connectors C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 20 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 69 STEP 20 Check harness for short circuit to ground or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 3 and PCM connector 57 2 4L Engine or 59 lt 3 01 Engine terminal 78 CONNECTOR B 07 Q Is the harness wire in good condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 21 Repair it CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE 2173174 5 76 77 N 7870 80 81152 5318485 86187 88 89 lt 6061 626364 6596 o7 98 57 2 4L gt C 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ STEP 21 Check the connector and the harness for short circuit to ground between the throttle position sensor connector and the auto
111. L 05106 107 810904114919 ros 16117108 119 120 2 heroes 9008 129 10 61 2 4L gt 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 3 Check the solenoid valve output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 106 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO to Step 9 STEP 4 Check connectors B 40 at solenoid valve assembly and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 98 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 106 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt
112. MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 2 Repair or replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Then confirm that the symptom is eliminated STEP 2 Check the vibration Q Does the vibration occur when the transmission fluid temperature sensor connector has been disconnected YES Check the engine system Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Diagnosis Symptom Chart Driving P 13A 25 or GROUP 138 3 0L Engine Diagnosis Symptom Chart Driving P 13B 26 If the inspection result is not good diagnose repair and or replace the engine component s NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Check the torque converter hydraulic pressure Measure the torque converter hydraulic pressure Then check if the torque converter hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Is the torque converter hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 27
113. NO Repair it 7 f lt 000709 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 04 Overdrive Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool 991502 to data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the actuator test mode for item 04 Overdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the overdrive solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 207 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 40 AN 5950 2X3 02479 CONNECTOR B 40 001968 STEP 9 Check connector B 40 at solenoid valve assembly for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 10 C
114. OFF position Q Is A T diagnostic trouble code number 23 set YES Refer to P 23A 115 diagnostic trouble code number 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor System NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 29 Vehicle Speed Signal A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 29 Vehicle Speed Signal Check that the speedometer and scan tool display speed match when driving at a vehicle speed of 40 km h 25 mph 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 9 15 the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision 23 298 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt WR 12 4 22 ry 717273174 75 76 77 8 79180181182183184 85 86 87 88 89 lt 90191 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L g
115. P Position TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT Lock cam steering lock cylinder assembly transaxle control cable or key interlock cable may be defective TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of lock cam Malfunction of steering lock cylinder assembly Malfunction of transmission control cable Malfunction of key interlock cable DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable Q Is the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 2 Repair the connection of lock cam and shift lock cable Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position STEP 2 Check the fit of the lock cam Q Is the lock cam installed correctly YES Go to Step 3 NO Install the lock cam correctly Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position STEP 3 Check the lock cam Q Is the lock cam in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the lock cam Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position STEP 4 Check the fit of the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 5 NO Install the key interlock cable
116. Refer to P 23A 19 Road Test Refer to P 23A 323 Data List Reference Table 4 Re check using scan tool and confirm that the abnormal input and output have returned to normal because of the repairs 5 Check for and inspect any diagnostic trouble code s that may have surfaced from testing Erase the diagnostic trouble code s when finished checking 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 7 Disconnect the scan tool from the data link connector 8 Start the engine again and do a test drive to confirm that the problem is eliminated TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23 18 FAIL SAFE BACKUP FUNCTION M1231008300137 When malfunctions of the main sensors or actuators are detected by the PCM the transaxle is controlled by pre set control logic to maintain safe conditions The following table shows how the fail safe backup function affects vehicle driveability and operation for driving MALFUNCTIONING JUDGEMENT CONTROL CONTENTS DURING MALFUNCTION ITEM CONDITION Input shaft speed sensor No output pulse from the input shaft speed sensor is detected for one second or more when the vehicle speed is 30 km h 19 mph or more Output shaft speed sensor The output signal from the output shaft speed sensor has been lost for one second or more while the vehicle is being driven Solenoid valve resistance is below 2 7 W for 0 32 secon
117. Reverse Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the low reverse solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 86 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 9 Check connector B 40 at solenoid valve assembly for damage CONNECTOR B 40 Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 AN lt 5950 2X3 02479 STEP 10 Check the low reverse solenoid valve at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the solenoid valve side 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 6 and 10 Standard value 2 7 3 4 at 20 C 68 F HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 Q Is the resistance at the standard value YES Go to Step 11 Replace the low reverse solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 AC001960AD TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 187 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 2 gt 1 5 6 lt 0 P Pd ACX02479AK
118. Sensor Adjustment P 13A 576 or 13B 3 0L Engine On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13B 677 NO Repair it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 59 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 14 Throttle Position Sensor System Maladjusted Sensor Throttle Position Sensor System Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely Refer to P 23A 42 causes for this code to be set CIRCUIT OPERATION Malfunction of the throttle position sensor circuit Refer to P 23A 42 e Damaged harness connector i e Malfunction of the PCM DTC SET CONDITIONS If TPS output voltage is 0 2 volts or lower or if it is 1 2 volts or higher when the engine is idling the TPS adjustment is judged to be incorrect and diagnostic trouble code number 14 is output DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 11 or 12 output YES Refer to P 23A 42 code number 11 Throttle Position Sensor System Shor
119. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set e Damaged harness connector e Malfunction of the PCM Malfunction of the auto cruise control ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 66 Overdrive Off Signal Auto cruise ECM Signal CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 NO 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine and prepare to test drive the vehicle Operate the auto cruise 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 66 Overdrive Off Signal Auto cruise ECM Signal e When driving at level road the display should be OFF e When driving at uphill road the display should be ON 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Go to Step 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 292 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Check the auto cruise system Check the auto cruise system Refer to GROUP 17 Auto cruise Control System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy P 17 8 Q Is
120. TSB Revision 23 306 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Check connectors C 65 at shift switch assembly and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 3 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 105 106 107 118 119 120 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 307 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 67 Select Switch item 68 Shift Switch Up item 69 Shift Switch Down CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check the following items in the data list a item 67 Select Switch b item 68 Shift Switch Up c item 69 Shift Switch Down The switches above are displayed depending on the selector lever condition as shown in the table SELECTOR LEVER DATA
121. Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 67 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 1 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 2 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 2 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 3 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 168 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 61 2 4L gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 101 103104 105 106 107 ve CE 417 e EY hod 108 109110 11 1211314 15116117 16 119 120 91192194 124129 26121 28 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L
122. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 15 Go to Step 14 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 11 0 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 E36 7 8 101112 13 14 5 17 28 18 19 20 25 26 2 21222324 29 3 38 3031 32333435 S63 AC106611AB CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK gt FRONT VIEW p ud 1 10 11 12 13 14 o AC106612AB STEP 14 Check connectors C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at junction block for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground NO between input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 terminal 3 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 111 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 15 Replace the input shaft speed sensor 1 Replace the input shaft speed sensor Refer to GROUP INP
123. Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM STEP 14 Check connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 13 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness PCM Connector Inspection P 00E 2 o Lx 75 76 77 2 3 5 6 87 88 89 M 601 626364 95 96 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 290 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16 Transaxle won t Downshift under Load with Auto cruise Engaged Auto cruise Signal Line System Circuit POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE ating 75 57 2 ENGINE 5 59 3 OL ENGINE m MU803782 7 172 73 74 75 76 77 gt 78 79 80 81 82 83 84185186 87 88 89 lt 90 91 92193194 95196 97 98 28 20 118 3 4 5 16 6 am
124. connection of selector lever assembly and transaxle control cable Q Is the connection of selector lever assembly and transaxle control cable in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair the connection of selector lever assembly and transaxle control cable Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 3 Check the fit of the lock cam Q Is the lock cam installed correctly YES Go to Step 4 Install the lock cam correctly Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 4 Check the lock cam Q Is the lock cam in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the lock cam Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly TSB Revision 23 338 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the fit of the shift lock cable Q Is the shift lock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 6 Install the shift lock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 6 Check the shift lock cable Q Is the shift lock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Replace the shift lock cable Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly
125. cruise control ECU connector Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Throttle position sensor adjustment Refer to GROUP 13A lt 2 4L Engine gt On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13A 576 or 13B lt 3 0L Engine gt On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13B 677 NO Repair it TSB Revision 23 70 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 15 Fruid Tempeature Sensor System Open Circuit Fluid Temperature Sensor System Circuit A T FLUID SEND e TEMPERATURE VALVE ASSEMBLY SENSOR B 40 MU802362 1 p prn mm Qu O x c3 lt al E MU803783 MU803781 1011102 103 104 105 106 107 41 42 43 4445 46 10811091110 111 112 113114111511161117118 119 120 47 48 44 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 12122123 1124 25 126127128 129 130 58 59 6016 1 62 63 6465 66 C 61 9 41 ENGINE 54 9 41 ENGINE 63 lt 3 01 124 57 0 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE W1SO4M16AA AC102446AB _D OF ACX02479AK CIRCUIT OPERATION The PCM terminal 124 applies 5 volts to the A T flui
126. end of the shift lock cable is positioned above the red marking gt gt B lt lt KEY INTERLOCK CABLE STEERING LOCK CYLINDER SIDE INSTALLATION Turn the ignition key to the LOCK OFF position and install the key interlock cable gt gt C lt lt KEY INTERLOCK CABLE SELECTOR LEVER SIDE INSTALLATION KEY INTERLOCK CABLE 1 Install the key interlock cable on the lock cam LOCKING NUT LOCK UAM 2 p the spring and washer of the key interlock cable as shown SPRING 3 While lightly pushing the cable coupling portion of the lock cam in the direction A tighten the locking nut to the specified torque Tightening torque 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib Ju WASHER 0001627 INSPECTION M1232001300117 Check the cable assembly for function and for damage TSB Revision 23 366 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CAUTION M1231005700181 Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle on the ground and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body Pre removal Operation Transmission Fluid Draining Refer to GROUP 00 Main tenance Service Automatic Transmission Fluid 00 53 Under Cover Removal Battery and Battery Tray Removal Refer to GROUP 54A Battery P 54A 8 Air Cleaner Assembly Removal Refer to GROUP
127. from solenoid valve when solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Are the solenoid valves operating properly YES Go to Step 2 Repair or replace the solenoid valves Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Then confirm that the symptom is eliminated TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS N il ag o 1 4 275 yen oS lt 2 7 1 E 5 o a 7 5 Dn 1 eh u 199 4 5 STEP 2 Check the hydraulic pressure 1 Measure the hydraulic pressure of each element Check if each hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test 2 If some elements are within the standard value and some are not recheck the symptom Q Are all hydraulic pressures within the standard value YES Go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Adjust the line pressure Adjust the line pressure Refer to P 23A 40 Line Pressure Adjustment Then check the symptom Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Goto Step 4 STEP 4 Replace the oil pump 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Replace the oil pump pump can not be repaired Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Then check the symptom Q Is
128. h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 52 Amount of Torque Converter Clutch Slippage Driving at constant speed of 50 km h 31 mph the dis play should be 10 to 10 r min e fthe accelerator pedal is released the display on the scan tool changes 50 km h 31 mph and less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 3 Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 TSB Revision 23 232 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS M IX TEEF
129. it AC001837AI CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt C OW Spe aly Vo x lt C 105 106 107 116111118 119 120 127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 225 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 11 Replace the output shaft speed sensor 1 Replace the output shaft speed sensor Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code DTC 9 15 the A T diagnostic trouble code output k e YES Go to Step 12 SPEED SENSOR NO The inspection is complete NO Dd AC001837AD STEP 12 Replace the transfer drive gear or driven gear 1 Replace the transfer drive gear or driven gear Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Output Shaft P 23B 68 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Is the A T diagnostic trouble code output YES The A T diagnostic trouble code may have set due to external radio frequency RFI possibly caused by cellular phone activity after market components installed on the vehicle etc NO The inspection is complete TRANSFER DRIVEN GEAR STEP 13 Replace the PCM 1 Replace the PCM 2 Test dr
130. lb 108 10 80 7 ft lb 93 15 69 11 ft lb 74 4 Nm 53 x 3 ft Ib 001640 REMOVAL STEPS REMOVAL STEPS Continued e LIFTING UP THE VEHICLE 17 REAR ROLL STOPPER 11 STABILIZER LINK STRUT lt lt gt gt 18 DRIVE SHAFT SIDE lt lt gt gt 19 DRIVE SHAFT AND INNER 12 SPEED SENSOR CABLE SHAFT VEHICLES WITH ABS lt lt gt gt 20 DRIVE PLATE BOLTS 13 BRAKE HOSE CLAMP lt lt gt gt 21 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY lt lt D gt gt 14 TIE ROD END LOWER PART COUPLING lt lt D gt gt 15 LOWER ARM BOLTS 16 CENTERMEMBER ASSEMBLY lt lt F gt gt gt gt lt lt 22 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY Required Special Tools 991113 Steering Linkage Puller MB991453 Engine Hanger Attachment Set MZ203827 Engine Lifter MB991454 Engine Hanger Balancer a part of MB991453 Engine Hanger Attachment Set e MB991895 Engine Hanger TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 370 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS A STARTER MOTOR REMOVAL Remove the starter motor with the starter motor harness still connected and secure it inside the engine compartment B TRANSAXLE MOUNT BRACKET REMOVAL Jack up the transaxle assembly gently and then remove the transaxle mounting lt lt gt gt ENGINE ASSEMBLY SUPPORTING 1 Engine lifter MZ2073827 is used MZ203827 Set special tools MB991453 and 2203827 to the vehicle t
131. likely minal numbers 77 and 89 causes for this code to be set e Malfunction of the A T control relay Damaged harness connector e Malfunction of the PCM A T control relay terminal number 1 receives the battery positive voltage from the battery DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 54 A T Control Relay Output Voltage CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 54 A T Control Relay Output Voltage e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the relay operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Go to Step 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 235 STEP 2 Check the A T control relay 1 Remove the A T control relay A 17X FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF 2 Use jumper wires to terminal 2 of A T control relay connector A 17X to the positive batte
132. m I 58159 60616263 646566 C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE ES 54 2 4L ENGINE ORC 52 3 OL ENGINE 16 45 OR 55 lt 3 OL ENGINE POWERTRAI CONTROL MODULE cud W3811M01AA AC106629AB CONNECTOR B 20 PEU 2 4L gt DK A oh Sea FRONT OF VEHICLE 102447 AC004926 TSB Revision 23 84 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 20 004927 CONNECTORS 50 2 4L ENGINE gt 52 3 0L ENGINE gt 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt 55 3 0L gt 4 LIsIe 718 47 48 Aedes 10 11 12 19 14 15 1e 1718192021223 60616263 646956 _ 125 01 1132 331 8435 54 lt 2 41 gt i 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE C 52 3 0L ENGINE 001657 MP 4 i _ AN aa i ie 24 CIRCUIT OPERATION The crankshaft position sensor power is supplied from the relay terminal 3 and the ground ter minal 1 is provided on the PCM The PCM supplies a five volts voltage to crankshaft position sensor out put terminal terminal 2 The crankshaft position sensor generates a pulse signal when the output ter minal is opened and grounded The sensor is
133. opened and closed as the flat on the crankshaft passes by DTC SET CONDITIONS If no output pulse is detected from the crankshaft position sensor for five seconds or more while driving at 25 km h 16 mph or more it is judged that there is an open circuit in the crankshaft position sensor and diagnostic trouble code number 21 is output TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set e Malfunction of the crankshaft position sensor cir cuit Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 85 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 21 Crankshaft Position Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 With the gear selector lever in the P position start the engine and run at idle 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 21 Crankshaft Position Sensor e When the accelerator pedal is not depressed throttle valve is fully closed the display should be 600 to 900 r min e With the accelerator pedal depressed the engine speed display should increase according to engine
134. position sensor connector B 20 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine terminal 16 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 20 Repair it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 99 STEP 20 Check harness for damage between crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 45 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 21 NO Repair it CONNECTOR B 20 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR B 20 lt 3 0L ENGINES CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 41 gt OR 55 3 0L gt Fs m takake vA X 47 9 50515253 54 55 56 57 58 59 60616263 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 00 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 21 Check harness for damage between relay connector A 18X terminal 4 and crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 3 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 22 NO Repair it CONNECTOR B 20 2 4L ENGINE gt A Fd Y Se We
135. push button Depressed LOCK OFF or removed Shifting from P position to other positions is not possible 2 Ignition key position Push in the selector lever push button ACC Shifting from P position to other positions is possible 3 Brake pedal Not Selector lever Other than Turning the ignition key to LOCK OFF depressed P position position is not possible 4 Selector lever P position Turning the ignition key to LOCK OFF position smoothly is possible 2 When any of the above checks are not normal adjust the key interlock cable in following procedure 1 Remove the floor console Refer to GROUP 52A Floor Console 52 8 2 Shift selector lever to P position 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF position TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON VEHICLE SERVICE 23 357 LOCKING NUT 0001627 4 Loosen the locking nut of the key interlock cable 5 Push the cable joint on the lock cam gently toward the arrow until the cable stops Tighten the locking nut 6 Install the floor console 3 After adjusting check the operation once more If the operation is still incorrect replace the key interlock cable Refer to P 23A 363 SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM CHECK 1 Carry out the following inspections M1232001000194 INSPECTION INSPECTION CONTENTS CHECK DETAILS NORMAL CONDITION PROCEDURE 1 Brake pedal Ignition key Push in
136. terminal 3 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 94 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 13 Check the continuity at crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 1 Disconnect connector B 20 and measure at the harness side CONNECTOR B 20 eed lt 2 4LENGINE gt 004927 2 Check for the continuity between terminal 1 and ground HARNESS e Should be less than 2 ohm ld Q Is the continuity normal YES Go to Step 18 Go to Step 14 ACX02113 AC TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 95 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 50 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 3 0L ENGINE PCM uL gt d 112 s 4 s e 7 8 IN 9 10 1112113 14 15 16 17 18192021223 4 24 25 26272829 30313283 3435 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 50 lt 2 41 gt 52 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 314 10 26 27 28 AC100047AF CONNECTOR C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 2 5 S Oc l ML B
137. the Torque Converter Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 NO The inspection is complete TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 233 54 Contorl Relay System Control Relay System Circuit BATTERY ELAY BOX BLACK 5 C 07 MU80 1331 5 3 6 aL 3 Dm 1 A T CONTROL E Be REN RELAY 0 17 A 17X 12 4 57 2 4L ENGINE ra 89 OR 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE MU803782 C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE MU803781 Y Y 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 POWER SOURCE 78798018 1821831848586 87 aa 89 90 91 929394 95106 97 98 41 42 43 4445 46 47 48 4950 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58159 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 WHITE BLUE RED BLUE D RED BLUE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODUL W3811M0O9AA AC106637AB CONNECTOR C 07 7 N R gt FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF 001729 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 234 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS 54 2 4L
138. the auto cruise system operating properly YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair it then check the symptom STEP 3 Check the signal voltage at PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine by backprobing CONNECTOR C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position PCM 2 es 76 77 FI N 787080 81182 8318485 86187 88 89 lt sols 64 6596 97 98 57 2 4L gt 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ O 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 75 and ground by backprobing Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Go to Step 4 7172 73 74 75 76 77 7 78 80 81 82 83 84 85 46 87 86 081 586 87 88 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 002097 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 293 CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE PCM 8 ry 71 723174 75 76 77 8 79 80 81182183184 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 926364 6596 97 98
139. the bushings and friction materials A transaxle overhaul and cooler line flushing may be necessary Check that the A T fluid level is at the HOT mark on the dipstick If the A T fluid level is lower than this pour in more DIAMOND ATF SP III or equivalent until the level reaches the HOT mark TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 347 ON VEHICLE SERVICE NOTE If the A T fluid level is too low the oil pump will draw in air along with the A T fluid which will cause bubbles to form If the A T fluid level is too high rotating components inside the transaxle will churn the fluid and air into a foamy liquid Both conditions level too low or too high will cause the hydraulic pressure to drop which will result in late shift ing and slipping of the clutches and brakes NOTE In either case air bubbles can interfere with normal valve clutch and brake operation Also foaming can cause A T fluid to escape from the transaxle vents where case it may be mistaken for a leak 6 Securely insert the dipstick NOTE The A T fluid should always be replaced in the fol lowing conditions e When troubleshooting the transaxle e When overhauling the transaxle When the A T fluid is noticeably dirty or burnt driving under severe conditions A T FLUID REPLACEMENT M1231001000146 If you have an fluid changer use this changer to replace the A T fluid If you do not have an A T fluid changer replace the A T fluid by th
140. the lock cam Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from R position to P position STEP 4 Check the fit of the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 5 NO Install the key interlock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at P position STEP 5 Check the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the key interlock cable Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at P position TSB Revision 23 340 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check the fit of the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable installed correctly YES Replace the steering lock cylinder assembly Refer to P 37A 21 and P 37A 23 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at P position NO Install the transaxle control cable correctly Refer to P 23A 358 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at P position INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7 Ignition Key can be Turned to the LOCK OFF Position when Selector Lever is at any Position Other than
141. the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and the valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 7 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 267 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE LOW _ CLUTCH REVERSE CLUTCH RB 001868 STEP 6 Check each brake and clutch 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Check the facing for seizure and piston seal ring for damage and interference with retainer Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 57 Reverse and Overdrive Clutch P 23B 59 Then check for the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 7 STEP 7 Replace the PCM Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10 Does not Shift Properly All Points Early or Late Shift Points COMMENT If all shift points are early or late while driving the cause is probably a malfunction of the output shaft speed sensor throttle position sensor or a solenoid valve
142. tightened and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle on the ground and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body 48 6 N m 36 4 ft lb 393 21 37 2 ft lb 45 5 22 34 3 ft Ib 45 5 34 ft Ib 44 10 N m 13 33 7 ft lb 17 pv gt 19 26 4 18 19 3 ft lb 29 4 21 4 ft lb 108 10 80 7 ft lb 69 11 ft Ib 74 4 53 3 ft lb 6 REMOVAL STEPS REMOVAL STEPS Continued e LIFTING UP OF THE VEHICLE 16 CENTERMEMBER ASSEMBLY 11 STABILIZER LINK STRUT 17 REAR ROLL STOPPER SIDE lt lt gt gt 18 DRIVE SHAFT 12 SPEED SENSOR CABLE 19 BELL HOUSING COVER VEHICLES WITH ABS lt lt gt gt 20 DRIVE PLATE BOLTS 13 BRAKE HOSE CLAMP lt lt F gt gt 21 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY lt lt D gt gt 14 TIE ROD END LOWER PART COUPLING lt lt D gt gt 15 LOWER ARM BOLTS lt lt F gt gt gt gt lt lt 22 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY Required Special Tools e MB991113 Steering Linkage Puller e MB991454 Engine Hanger Balancer a part of e MB991453 Engine Hanger Attachment Set MB991453 Engine Hanger Attachment Set MZ203827 Engine Lifter e MB991895 Engine Hanger TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 368 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY N CAUTION Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle on the ground and loading the ful
143. valve body Refer to P 23A 366 Transaxle Assembly and GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Blow 108 kPa 15 psi compressed air into the underdrive clutch oil orifice of the transaxle case and check if the underdrive clutch piston moves and air pressure is maintained in that condition Q Is the air pressure maintained YES Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5 STEP 4 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom If the symptom is not eliminated go to Step 6 STEP 5 Check the underdrive clutch 1 Remove the transaxle assembly 2 Check the facing for seizure and the piston seal ring for damage and interference with the retainer Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 57 Then check the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Go to Step 6 STEP 6 Replace the PCM Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Start over at Step 1 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 253 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3 Does not Move Backward TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this c
144. will increase put according to the rotation With the ignition switch in the ON position volt TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely age at pin 78 increases from around 0 7 volts at Causes for this code to be set closed throttle to about 5 volts at wide open throt Malfunction of the throttle position sensor circuit tle e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 43 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L ENGINE gt 3 0L ENGINE B 07 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 001548 DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle Position Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunctio
145. 00 6 000 7 000 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED r min I g 0 0 50 31 100 62 150 93 200 124 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph E NOTE Within 2 to 3 and 3 to 4 movement ranges the PCM adjusts shift points according to the driving conditions by memorizing the accelerator pedal stroke and braking timing lt 2 4L ENGINE DOWNSHIFT PATTERN THROTTLE OPENING 100 50 2 LOR 2 3 21 OR 3 4 3 21 OR SPORT MODE SPORT MODE SPORT MODE 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED r min yyy ey 0 0 50 31 100 62 150 93 200 124 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph 001950 TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION lt 3 0L ENGINE VEHICLES WITHOUT VARIABLE INDUCTION SYSTEM gt UPSHIFT PATTERN THROTTLE OPENING d THICK LINE STANDARD SHIFT PATTERN 100 1 2 2 gt 3 2 3 7 lt SS MOVEMENT 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED r min 0 0 50 31 100 62 150 93 200 124 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph AC100311AB NOTE Within 2 to 3 and 3 to 4 movement ranges the PCM adjusts shift points according to the driving conditions by memorizing the accelerator pedal stroke and braking timing lt 3 0L ENGINE VEHICLES WITHOUT VARIABLE INDUCTION SYSTEM gt DOWNSHIFT PATTERN THROTTLE OPENING 100
146. 1 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 327 MUT II SCAN INSPECTION ITEM INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL TOOL NO CONDITION DISPLAY TCC SOL 36 Torque converter Warming up Driving at constant 70 90 DUTY clutch solenoid Selector lever speed of 50 km h 31 duty position 3 mph Vehicles without Release accelerator 70 90 gt 0 sport mode gt or at less than Sport mode 50 km h 31 mph gradually as the Vehicles with vehicle speed sport mode decreases Driving at speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear TP SENSOR 11 Throttle position Ignition switch ON Accelerator pedal 535 735 mV sensor Engine Stopped Fully closed Selector lever Accelerator pedal Gradually rises position P Depressed from the above value Accelerator pedal 4 500 5 500 Fully open mV U D SOL 32 Underdrive solenoid _ Selector lever Driving at constant 0 DUTY valve duty 96 position L 2 3 D speed of 10 km h Vehicles without 6 2 mph 1st gear sport mode or Driving at constant 096 Sport mode speed of 30 km h 19 Vehicles with mph in 2nd gear sport mode Driving at constant 0 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear Driving at constant 100 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 4th gear VSS 29 Vehicle speed signal Selector lever Idling with 1st gear O km h 0 mph position 3 Vehicles wi
147. 1 102 109 122 or 110 when the Malfunction of the ignition switch selector lever is in the R range N 3 2 Damaged harness connector or L range The PCM judges that the selector e Malfunction of the PCM lever is in the range N D 3 2 or L range when the battery positive voltage is applied TSB Revision 23 140 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch Move the selector lever to R D 3 2 L and sport mode positions to confirm whether shown on the scan tool Vehicles with sport mode is indicated as D on the scan tool 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO When indi
148. 14 106814 SET CONDITIONS If the output from the output shaft speed sensor mul tiplied by the 1st gear ratio is not the same as the output from the input shaft speed sensor after shift ing to 1st gear has been completed diagnostic trou ble code number 41 is output If diagnostic trouble code number 41 is output four times the transmis sion is locked into 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of the input shaft speed sensor Malfunction of the output shaft speed sensor Malfunction of the PCM Malfunction of the underdrive clutch retainer Malfunction of the transfer drive gear or driven gear Malfunction of the low reverse brake system for code number 41 46 e Malfunction of the underdrive clutch system for code number 41 42 43 e Malfunction of the second brake system for code number 42 44 e Malfunction of the overdrive clutch system for code number 43 44 e Malfunction of the reverse clutch system for code number 46 Noise generated TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 2 1 9 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn t
149. 14 121122129 104 195 12612728 129 130 24 25 26272829 30 3 1132133 34 35 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODUL Ea 3511 02 AC106630AB CONNECTOR B 42 pa 42 CONNECTORS C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 52 lt 3 0L gt 61 lt 2 4L gt OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE af 2 n PCM S gt C SO 61 2 4L ENGINE ae 24 Hi wd 17 7 OR 112 314 516 718 63 3 0L ENGINE 9 10111 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 01 2123 CAA 24 es 26 27 28 29 Bofs 18233 54135 116 120 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE 222 2412 reshenje 128 130 001835 C 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG v TSB Revision 23 102 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 6 7 8 10121131415 o Po 80 3 5 363 106611 CIRCUIT OPERATION Coil built into the input shaft speed sensor gen erates a pul
150. 15 Air Cleaner P 15 6 Post installation Operation Air Cleaner Assembly Installation Refer to GROUP 15 Air Cleaner P 15 6 Battery and Battery Tray Installation Refer to GROUP 54 Battery P 54A 8 Under Cover Installation Transmission Fluid Supplying Refer to GROUP 00 Main tenance Service Automatic Transmission Fluid P 00 53 Selector Lever Operation Check Refer to P 23A 356 Speedometer Operation Check Refer to GROUP 54 Combination Meter On vehicle Service Speedometer Check 54 8 2 4L ENGINE gt 12 2 102 x 22 in Ib 57 7 iuis 42 5 ft Ib e 10 83 12 N m 61 9 ft Ib REMOVAL STEPS TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE TRANSAXLE OIL COOLER HOSE 3 PARK NEUTRAL SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR 4 A T CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR 5 INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR 4 9 1 0 2 48 6 N m 36 4 ft lb 48 6 N m 36 4 ft Ib 001637 REMOVAL STEPS Continued 6 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR lt lt gt gt 7 STARTER MOTOR 8 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY UPPER PART COUPLING BOLTS lt lt gt gt 9 TRANSAXLE MOUNT BRACKET gt gt lt lt 10 TRANSAXLE MOUNT STOPPER lt lt gt gt ENGINE ASSEMBLY SUPPORTING TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY 23A 367 A CAUTION Indicates parts which should be temporarily
151. 1502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 89 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 54 output YES Refer to P 23A 233 code number 54 A T control relay system Goto Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the underdrive solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision
152. 2 Verify that the condition described by the your follow then carefully you will be sure that you customer exists have exhausted most of the possible ways to find 3 Find the malfunction by following the Symptom automatic transaxle key interlock and shift lock Chart mechanisms fault 1 Gather information from the customer SYMPTOM CHART M1232001800219 SYMPTOMS INSPECTION REFERENCE PROCEDURE Selector lever can be moved from P to R position without depressing P 23A 334 brake pedal when ignition key is at any position other than LOCK OFF M1232001600130 4 Verify malfunction is eliminated position Selector lever cannot be moved from P to R position with brake pedal 2 P 23A 335 depressed when ignition key is at any position other than LOCK OFF position Selector lever can be moved from P to R position with brake pedal P 23A 336 depressed when ignition key is at LOCK OFF position NEED Selector lever cannot be moved from P to R position smoothly P 23A 337 Selector lever cannot be moved from P to R position P 23A 338 Ignition key cannot be turned to LOCK OFF position when selector P 23A 339 lever is at P position Ignition key can be turned to LOCK OFF position when selector lever 7 P 23A 340 is at any position other than P position SYMPTOM PROCEDURES INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 Selector Lever can be Moved from P to R Position without Depressing
153. 2 and ground Should be less than 2 ohm Q Is the continuity normal YES Go to Step 11 Repair harness open circuit or damage between A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 57 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 77 CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 41 gt OR 55 3 0L gt Se ur SS eS AO Ort iL it w G 6 om 5 6 vA 47 48 9 5051 52 53545556 57 58 59 60616263 64 65 66 per 54 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 11 Check harness for damage between control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 124 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Repair harness damage between A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 64 2 4L Engine or C 65 3 0L Engine terminal 57 Repair it DTC 16 A T Fluid Tenperature Sensor System Short Circuit A T Fluid Temperature Sensor System Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely Refer to P 23A 70 CIRCUIT OPERATION Refer to P 23A 70 DTC SET CONDITIONS causes for this code to be set e Malfunction of the A T fluid temperature sensor cir
154. 2 to data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the data reading mode for item 15 A T Fluid Temperature Sensor e At cool condition Almost equal to the ambient tempera ture atmospheric temperature e At warm condition 70 to 80 158 to 176 F 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 73 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 8 fos 1 107 QN prre rie nre 119 120 y fedes 06210 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 61 lt 2 41 gt 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 1 107 Reo rpg 119 120 2 ws seda 128 120 AC001792AD CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 05004 05106 107 081091011112 19 im rre re nnne 119 120 lt 9008 129 T130 61 2 4L ENGINE
155. 23 1 GROUP 23A AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTENTS GENERAL DESCRIPTION 23 3 LINE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT 23A 40 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART 23 40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYMPTOM 23A 41 5 23 14 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING 5 23 42 ba ee heey 23A 14 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES 23A 249 INTRODUCTION TO A T DIAGNOSIS 23A 14 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE 23A 323 A T DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE 23 328 STRATEGY 2 coli RP 23A 15 INVECS II CANCEL COMMAND 23A 329 AIT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PCM TERMINAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE CHART DIAGNOSIS 23A 15 FOR TRANSAXLE OPERATION 23 329 FAIL SAFE BACKUP FUNCTION 23A 18 PCM TERMINAL RESISTANCE AND CONTINUITY ROAD 5 23A 19 INSPECTION 23A 332 TORQUE CONVERTER STALL TEST 23 25 INSPECTION PROCEDURE USING AN HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS 253A 26 OSCILLOSCOPE 23A 333 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 23A 32 Continued on next page WARNINGS REGARDING SERVICING OF SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS EQUIPPED VEHICLES WARNING Improper service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any SRS related component can lead to personal injury or death to servi
156. 24 124129 26121128 199 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 PARK NEUTRAL gt POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC 005865 AB STEP 12 Check connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 13 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER P 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm R 7 8 N 4 8 9 10 D 1 8 3 5 8 2 2 8 L 6 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 14 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 TSB Revision 23 150 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 41 AC001844AK CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt VV EX 9 r4 101102 103104 105 106 107 10810911011111211811 115 116117118 119 120 7 12122123 124125 1250127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE C
157. 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES Go to Step 3 Check the throttle position sensor Refer to P 23A 42 P 23A 51 P 23A 59 diagnostic trouble code number 11 12 14 Throttle Position Sensor System Then check the malfunction TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 2 69 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for following items a Item 31 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve Duty Percent b Item 32 Underdrive Solenoid Valve Duty Percent c Item 33 Second Solenoid Valve Duty Percent d Item 34 Overdrive Solenoid Valve Duty Percent e Check that the values shown below are displayed when each data list item is entered DATA LIST ITEM DRIVING CONDITION 34 Driving at constant speed of 10 km h 6 2 mph in 1st gear 100 100 Driving at constant speed of 30 km h 19 mph 2nd gear 100 100 Driving at constant speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear 100 10096 096 Driving at constant speed of
158. 3 0L ENGINE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt 63 3 0L gt 61 2 4L ENGINE SL TT 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 1920 1 223 Kg 05 106 107 2133 8485 119 120 08 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR 211221237 9498 129 130 C 52 3 0L gt AC001657BG STEP 8 Using the oscilloscope check the waveform at PCM connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Connect an oscilloscope probe to PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 16 and to PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 103 by backprobing 3 Start the engine and run at constant speed of 50km h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration The maximum value should be 4 8 volts and more and the minimum value 0 8 volts and less The output waveform should not contain electrical noise 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Is the waveform norma
159. 3 0L Engine at PCM and C 89 C 28 at intermediate connector for damage CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 8 fos 1 107 QN 41601611108 119 120 y edente 408 69104 129 10 61 lt 2 41 ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 CONNECTOR 89 30 31 35 36 37 1920212223425 38 106616 TSB Revision 23 134 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 o 18 19 20 21 edespa 80131 3283 Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 AC106611AB STEP 7 Check harness for damage between stoplight switch connector C 03 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 123 CONNECTOR C 03 Q Is the harness wire in good condition aah YES Go to Step 9 aS NO Repair it AX 001729 CONNECTOR 61 2 4L gt
160. 3114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 76 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 15 Check connectors C 65 at shift switch assembly C 27 at intermediate connector and C 41 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 16 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 CONNECTOR C 41 E C 41 mew 464 8 9 162535465 56 o EU N AAA 001729 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 177 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 41 F hosie LEE VE E HIC HR 129124 haizea 14 110 120 128 130 61 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001907AI STEP 16 Check harness for damage between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 1 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Repair harness damage between
161. 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 10 Go to Step 11 TSB Revision 23 64 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 41 gt OR 55 3 0L gt G halshe v 48 49505 1 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 6016162163 64 65 66 07 lt 2 41 gt 3 0L ENGINE gt C 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and 54 2 4L Engine C 55 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 46 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 STEP 11 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 12 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harnes
162. 41180 m E 22 JOINT Q 77 eo 1 2 a a s e s Tena nans re te 19 pop 23 24125 26 27 28291303132 33 5 3 m I LJ 2 3 4 16 13 14 15 28 2059 23 4252627 38 5 3637 2 m zs POWERTRAIN C 97 2 41 ENGINE OR CONTROL 6 59 43 OL ENGINE MODULE MU803782 71 72 73 74 75 ve 77 78 75 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 60191 926394 85596 97 96 W2811M15AA AC102736AB TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 296 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 CONNECTOR C 42 ERN C 42 E 2 Sm EIE ES 001729 57 lt 2 41 gt C 59 3 0L gt C 28 SON VE S 6 7 8 13145 z Qe OFF pen 21 22223424 29 26 2 lt FART 38 m 30 31 2133 135 393 Up e A 17234 75 76 77 Z N 7879808182834 58687 88 89 01 9295194 9596 97 98 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 59 lt 3 gt 106611 AC001657AZ CONNECTOR C 77
163. 42 e Damaged harness connector i e Malfunction of the PCM DTC SET CONDITIONS If TPS output voltage is 0 2 volts or lower at times other than when the engine is idling the output is judged to be too low and diagnostic trouble code number 12 is output DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle Position Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 TSB Revision 23 52 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE gt AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS
164. 5 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE hood fed 108 109110 111 112113 114 15116117118 119 120 105 106 107 12122423 124125 126127128 129 130 001657 STEP 18 Check harness for damage between input shaft speed sensor harness side connector B 42 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine terminal 16 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 19 Repair it AC001835 CONNECTOR 50 2 4L gt OR C 52 3 0L gt 1 2 fafa s e 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26272823 30318233 34135 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 114 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 19 Check harness for damage between input shaft speed sensor harness side connector B 42 terminal 3 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 CONNECTOR B 42 B 42 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 20 Repair it AC001835AH CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW 7 8 9 10 1 1 12
165. 5 M L cub 47 48 19 50 51 52 53 54 5556 57 112 s 4 5 6 v s 9 10111 12 13114 1516 17 18 15 20 1 21 3 58159 60616263 646965 24 25 2627829 308113283 3435 C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 50 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L gt 52 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 18 Check connectors 50 2 4L Engine 52 lt 3 0L Engine and C 54 2 4L Engine or 55 3 0L Engine at PCM and A 18X at the relay for damage Q Are the harness connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 19 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision 23 98 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 20 2 4L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR B 20 lt 3 0L ENGINES CONNECTOR 50 2 4L gt OR C 52 3 0L gt c LI cg e 1 2 s 4 s e 7 8 9 10 1111213 14 15 16 17 18192021223 2 25 26272823 30318233 345 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 19 Check harness for damage between crankshaft
166. 50 SPORT MODE 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED r min 0 0 50 31 100 62 150 93 200 124 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph mo TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 23A 13 lt 3 0L ENGINE VEHICLES WITH VARIABLE INDUCTION SYSTEM gt UPSHIFT PATTERN THROTTLE OPENING THICK LINE STANDARD SHIFT PATTERN 100 MOVEMENT RANGE lt lt lt 5 gt 585255555 SS 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED r min See Eee Cee 0 0 50 31 100 62 150 93 200 124 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph 106504 NOTE Within 2 and to 4 movement ranges the PCM adjusts shift points according to the driving conditions by memorizing the accelerator pedal stroke and braking timing lt 3 0L ENGINE VEHICLES WITH VARIABLE INDUCTION SYSTEM gt DOWNSHIFT PATTERN THROTTLE OPENING 96 100 142 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 1 1 1 1 1 1452 i 1 1 1 34h 4 243 SPORT MODE SPORT MODE 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED r min T T T 1T 1 1l 1T 1 1 1 1 1l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 50 31 100 62 150 93 200 124 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph 10 amp TSB Revision 23 14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSTIC
167. 55 Malfunction when Engine stalls when moving selector lever P 23A 256 moving selector into from to D or to gear Shift shock when shifting from N to D P 23A 258 and long delay Shift shock when shifting from N to R and long delay P 23A 260 Shift shock when shifting from N to D or N to R and long delay Malfunction when Shift shock and slipping shifting Does not shift Early or late shifting in all gears properly Early or late shifting in some gears 11 P 23A 270 P 23A 263 P 23A 265 P 23A 267 N N Ol Al ol NI N P 23A 272 P 23A 274 Does not shift No diagnostic trouble codes driving Vibration 4 P 23A 276 Vehicle shifts differently with A C engaged P 23A 279 Transaxle won t downshift under load with auto cruise engaged 16 P 23A 290 Vehicle speed signal system P 23A 295 Shift switch assembly system Vehicles with sport mode P 23A 302 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 42 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES DTC 11 Throttle Position Sensor System Short Circuit Throttle Position Sensor System Circuit
168. 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ 9 8 112 18 14 15 19 201212223 25 26 2 3031 35 369 ES T 28 38 AC106611AB STEP 4 Check connectors C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM and C 28 at inter mediate connector for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Replace the PCM NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 294 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the signal voltage at auto cruise control ECU connector C 20 by backprobing CONNECTOR C 20 1 Do not disconnect connector C 20 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 516 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 C 20 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 002119 AE STEP 6 Check harness for short circuit to ground open circuit or damage between PCM
169. 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA 1081109110111 12 11314 115 116 11718 119 120 lt 90199 fedes 69104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 61 lt 2 41 gt C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 106 110 120 129 AC001905AD CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt a q lt es A gt Sari We ce 101104 1031104 105 106 107 172 108 109110 1111911311141151161111 18 119 120 121 1221123 124125 126127128 129 130 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BC STEP 21 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the selector lever to the N position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 121 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 Go to Step 22 STEP 22 Che
170. 8 89 lt 00 91 929394 9596 97 98 C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657AZ CONNECTOR C 42 C 42 1 2 opum E 001729 Are the connectors good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 STEP 6 Check harness for open circuit or damage between PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine terminal 80 and combination meter connector C 42 terminal 30 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair it STEP 7 Check the speedometer 9 15 the speedometer operating properly YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair harness damage or short circuit to ground between joint connector C 77 terminal 20 and data link connector C 29 terminal 14 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 301 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 29 Vehicle Speed Signal N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for ite
171. 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 33 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 33 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 34 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 61 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 QNO Or AAA i X 1404 03104 105 106 107 N 61 9100111211311445 16117118 119 120 lt 91190199 124125 126127428 199 130 001657 61 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001907AI CONNECTOR C 61 PCM SC ae e M a 127 ES e 1 E X 19104 109104 105 106 107 61 1 73014 516117118 119 120 p eie 04094 126 1271128 129 130 AC001657 BH STEP 34 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
172. 8 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Replace the torque converter assembly 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Replace the torque converter assembly Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Then check the symptom _ Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Em y 9 NO to Step 6 001857 STEP 5 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and the valve UD body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to ASSEMBLY GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 6 001860 STEP 6 Replace the PCM Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 279 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15 Vehicle Shifts Differently with A C Engaged Dual Pressure Switch System Circuit AUTOMATIC COMPR
173. 85 86 87 88 89 0091 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ STEP 17 Check harness for damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 57 CONNECTOR B 07 Q Is the harness wire in good condition lt 2 4L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Throttle position sensor adjustment Refer to GROUP 13A lt 2 4L Engine gt On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13A 576 or 13B lt 3 0L Engine gt On vehicle Service Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment P 13B 677 NO Repair it CONNECTOR C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt O C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt R oy 71 72 73174 75 76 77 lt Z N 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 9091 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 51 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 12 Throttle Position Sensor System Open Circuit Throttle Position Sensor System Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely Refer to P 23A 42 causes for this code to be set CIRCUIT OPERATION Malfunction of the throttle position sensor circuit Refer to P 23A
174. 9 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 8 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the selector lever to the P position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 101 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 NO Go to Step 9 STEP 9 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Vehicles with sports mode Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 101 Vehicles without sports mode Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 148 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 PCM connector 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 101 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition
175. A Stoplight Switch Check P 35A 18 STEP 4 Check connector C 03 at stoplight switch for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 32 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 101 103104 105 106 107 ve CE 417 e LA 104 108109 10111112131141516117 18 119 120 lt 91192127 124129 196197194 199 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 2 Measure the voltage between terminal 123 and ground by backprobing e When the brake pedal is depressed voltage should be battery positive voltage e When the brake pedal is not depressed voltage should be less than 1 0 volt C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 6 001812 AD TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 33 STEP 6 Check connectors C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63
176. AGNOSIS 23A 299 STEP 5 Check connectors C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM C 28 at intermediate connector C 77 at joint connector and C 42 combination meter connector for damage CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt a 7 PCM ae 3 X YO NC 5 Q i A pe ry 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 1801811821831 4 85 86181 88 89 lt 62 364 0506 97 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ C 28 Fs eros 28 21819 205 25 26 2 801311 5 363 AC106611AB pora 77 1 2 3 OOE ajoj SS en Wwe als Auc p amp d PS u 001729 TSB Revision 23 300 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 42 C 42 12 001729 BB CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 8182 83 84 85 86 87 8
177. ANEL ASSEMBLY LOCK CAM SLEEVE BUSHING NOaRWN gt 2 3 o TSB Revision 23A 361 M1231006800181 1 8 0 2 16 2in lb 12 2 7 102 22 AC001633AB REMOVAL STEPS Continued PIPE LEVER ASSEMBLY DETENTE SPRING POSITION INDICATOR LAMP ASSEMBLY BASE BRACKET 23 362 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE CONTROL VEHICLES WITH SPORT MODE 1 8 0 2 1 5 0 5 Nm 16 2 in Ib 4 14 4 in Ib 1 2 A 0 2 5 0 1 0 44 9 in Ib 12 2 102 x 22 in Ib 12 2 102 22 in Ib 7 d 12 2 22 in Ib 18 AC001634AB REMOVAL STEPS REMOVAL STEPS Continued 1 BUTTON 10 SLEEVE 2 SPRING 11 BUSHING 3 SHIFT KNOB 12 PIPE 4 INDICATOR PANEL ASSEMBLY 13 CABLE ARM 5 SHIFT SWITCH 14 BUSHING 6 SELECT LEVER 15 PIPE 7 BUSHING 16 DETENTE SPRING 8 PIPE 17 LOCK CAM 9 LEVER ASSEMBLY 18 BASE BRACKET TSB Revision SHIFT SWITCH DOWNSHIFT SHIFT SWITCH UPSHIFT 1 2 3 415 eo ASSEMBLY ON OFFA SELECT SWITCH 001635 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS 23A 363 INSPECTION M1231006900111 SHIFT SWITCH ASSEMBLY CONTINUITY CHECK SWITCH POSITION TERMINAL NO Select switch ON 1 5 OFF 1 2 Shift switch up shift ON 3 6 OFF Shift switch down shift ON 4 6 OFF E
178. ANSAXLE 23A 31 6 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 E36 7 8 101112 13 14 5 17 28 18 19 20 25 26 2 21222324 29 3 38 3031 32333435 S63 AC106611AB CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK gt FRONT VIEW p ud 1 10 11 12 13 14 o AC106612AB STEP 18 Check connectors C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at junction block for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground NO between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 8 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 317 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 3 0L gt 03104 05 106 107 X 108091011111121113 11401516117 18 119 120 21092104 4008 biashara 429 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 41 CONNECTOR 61 2 4L ENGI
179. Brake Pedal when Ignition Key is at any Position Other than LOCK OFF Position TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Lock cam or shift lock cable may be defective e Malfunction of lock cam e Malfunction of shift lock cable TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 335 A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the fit of the lock cam Q Is the lock cam installed correctly YES Go to Step 2 Install the lock cam correctly Refer to P 23A 361 When the brake pedal is released with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position STEP 2 Check the lock cam Q Is the lock cam in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Replace the lock cam Refer to P 23A 361 When the brake pedal is released with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position STEP 3 Check the fit of the shift lock cable Q Is the shift lock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 4 Install the shift lock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is released with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position STEP 4 Check the shift lock cable Q Is
180. C102447AF STEP 13 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 63 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 14 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 EE 103104 105 106 107 ES raed nies mier vow 61 2 4L ENGINE C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 209 STEP 14 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 5 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 01 Engine terminal 130 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Replace the PCM Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 36 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve System Solenoid Valve System Circuit TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely Refer to P 23A 180 causes for this code to be set CIRCUIT OPERATION e M
181. COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely If some of the shift points are early or late when driv causes for this case ing the cause is probably a malfunction of the valve Malfunction of the valve body body or it is due to the characteristics of the Malfunction of the PCM INVECS II system but is not an abnormality DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 271 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS VALVE ASSEMBLY 001860 STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 14 INVECS II Cancel Command A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item14 INVECS II Cancel Command e Drive the vehicle and confirm the gear shifting corre spond to the standard shift line of the shift pattern dia gram Refer to P 23A 3 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Does the gear shifting correspond to the standard shift line of the shift pattern diagram YES The symptom is due to characteristics of the INVECS Il system but is not abnormal NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the shift points Are the shift points
182. CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 6 Check connector 17 at control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 85 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 10 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair it 7 f lt 000709 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the actuator test mode for item 01 Low
183. Check connectors B 40 at solenoid valve assembly and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 91 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 5 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 120 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair it STEP 6 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 92 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and A T control rela
184. E 18 ED ja li E d UU 436277 13 14 15 001814 1 REVERSE CLUTCH 11 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH 2 OVERDRIVE PLANETARY CARRIER 12 INPUT SHAFT 3 SECOND BRAKE 13 OIL PUMP 4 LOW REVERSE BRAKE 14 TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING 5 OUTPUT PLANETARY CARRIER 15 DIFFERENTIAL 6 ONE WAY CLUTCH 16 TRANSFER DRIVEN GEAR 7 TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR 17 OUTPUT SHAFT 8 TRANSAXLE CASE 18 REAR COVER 9 UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH 19 OVERDRIVE CLUTCH 10 TORQUE CONVERTER TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 23 7 lt 4 51 gt 1 234 5 678 9 10 19 18 AC004893AB 1 REVERSE CLUTCH 11 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH 2 OVERDRIVE PLANETARY CARRIER 12 INPUT SHAFT 3 SECOND BRAKE 13 OIL PUMP 4 LOW REVERSE BRAKE 14 TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING 5 OUTPUT PLANETARY CARRIER 15 DIFFERENTIAL 6 ONE WAY CLUTCH 16 TRANSFER DRIVEN GEAR 7 TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR 17 OUTPUT SHAFT 8 TRANSAXLE CASE 18 REAR COVER 9 UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH 19 OVERDRIVE CLUTCH 10 TORQUE CONVERTER TSB Revision 23 8 OPTIMUM SELECTION OF GEARS WITHOUT WITH INVECS II INVECS II ALL DRIVING CONDITIONS LEVEL ROAD m DRIVER S HABITS AND PREFERENCE 000841 OPTIMUM CONTROL MANUAL SHIFT OPERATION ACCELERATOR PATA OF A POSITION ME NUMBER DRIVER S OPTIMUM VEHICLE SPEED DECISION ui GEAR ROAD SELECTION CO
185. E Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 13 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 63 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 14 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 EE 103104 105 106 107 ES raed nies mier vow 61 2 4L ENGINE C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 195 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 14 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 120 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 33 Second Solenoid Valve System Solenoid Valve System Circuit Refer to P 23A 180 CIRCUIT OPERATION Refer to P 23A 180 DTC SET CONDITIONS If the resistance value for a solenoid valv
186. ER 7 10 Torque converter clutch 2 7 3 4 Q at solenoid valve 20 68 F 6 10 Low reverse solenoid valve 4 9 Second solenoid valve 3 9 Underdrive solenoid valve 5 9 Overdrive solenoid valve 5 If within the standard value check the power supply and the ground circuits 6 If not within the standard value drain the ATF and remove the valve body cover 7T Disconnect the connectors of each solenoid valve UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID CLUTCH SOLENOID AC002219AD VALVE 8 Measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of each solenoid valve Standard value 2 7 3 4 Q at 20 C 68 F 9 If the resistance is not within the standard value replace the solenoid valve 10 If within the standard value check each wiring harness between A T control solenoid valve assembly and each solenoid valve If a problem is not found at the steps above check the solenoid valve O rings and replace if necessary 002289 TSB Revision 23 356 VEHICLES WITHOUT SPORT gt 9 5 t4 5 ay 5 VEHICLES WITH SPORT MODE e oF A af ay Qa THE SELECTOR LEVER MOVES WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED AND THE BUTTON IS PUSHED IN WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN ANY POSITION OTHER THAN THE LOCK OFF POSITION THE SELECTOR LEVER MOVES
187. ESSOR CONTROLLER C 12 15 5 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1920 Zz 2102 fin mo on MU801457 1 2 3 4 5 e v a g 04 2 415 16 17 18 19 20 dici 20 C 94 1100 1196 pe 5m 12 DUAL LOW PRESSURE PRESSURE SIDE ep SWITCH ont Ger 200 28951 36 220 32061 00 7 HIGH PRESSURE SIDE ON OFF i OFF 3140 456 51 1 2550kPa 370psi WAO bee LS 9 To na 1 2 3 4 DE 5 16 6 78 112 131415 17 28 35 C 28 5031 3637 11059 SS L J ow 83 POWERTRAIN C 57 2 AL ENGINE CONTROL OR MODULE 59 3 OL ENGINE MU803782 75 76 77 182 83848586 87 90 91 929394 95 06 97 98 W2811M12AA AC102733AB CONNECTOR A 36 6527 t FEDES 161718190 AC001741AT TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 280 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 CONNECTOR C 94 CONNECTOR BLOCK RH C 28 94 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1718 19 0 6 1011121131415 17 28
188. Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 205 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 5 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 5 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 130 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair it STEP 6 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 7 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 206 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check harness for damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 8
189. Goto Step 5 AC002215AB TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 98 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check connectors B 20 at crankshaft position sensor and C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage 20 Are the connectors good condition 24LENGINE YES Go to Step 4 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 CONNECTOR B 20 3 0L ENGINE I 004927 CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 41 gt OR 55 3 0L gt 2 5 6 ZI N 47 49505 1525354 55 56 57 58 59 60 61162163 64165166 lt 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BA TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 89 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 21 Crankshaft Position Sensor CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 With the gear selector lever in the P position start the engine and run at idle 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data readi
190. IC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 005865 AB CONNECTOR B 41 STEP 15 Check the Park Neutral position switch SWITCH TERMINAL NUMBER SPECIFIED POSITION CONDITION 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm R 7 8 N 4 8 9 10 D 1 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 16 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 16 Check connector B 41 at Park Neutral position switch for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 17 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 31 5 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 17 Check the power supply voltage at Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 CONNECTOR 1 Disconnect connector B 41 and measure at the harness B 41 f side 066060 6 2 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 8 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 41 AC102574AB TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TR
191. IL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE B TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1524CA TORGuE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 35 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4A T gt 3RD GEAR RSEPNOARWNS LINE PRESSURE L OIL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTR
192. IL SAFE VALVE B TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1529CA TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE 1 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision 23 40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS LINE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT M1231001700156 Drain the A T fluid NOTE Be sure to perform the hydraulic pressure test before attempting any adjustments 2 Remove the valve body cover 3 Turn the adjusting screw shown in the illustration to adjust TO the line pressure to the standard value The pressure ps increases when the screw is turned to the left NOTE When adjusting the line pressure adjust to the mid dle of the standard value range gt Standard value 1 01 1 05 MPa 147 152 psi E wen Re 4 Install the valve body cover Pour in quart A T fluid y 5 Repeat the hydraulic pr
193. INE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 10 Check harness for short circuit to ground between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 50 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 11 Repair it FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt V 5 6 vA IN 47 48 0 50 51 2 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 C 54 2 4L ENGINE gt C 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 239 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 11 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 54 control relay output Voltage A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 54 A T Control Relay Output Voltage e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the relay operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Tro
194. ION BRAKE LR P gt RN NU Reverse R V eaa p FF E RE S E F k E amp E FE k t D D w gt e iem COE E QV TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 23A 5 OPERATING ELEMENT ENGINE PARKING UNDERDRIV REVERSE OVER DRIVE LOW SECOND SELECTOR LEVER START MECHANISM E CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH OD REVERSE BRAKE 2ND POSITION 3 _ 3 x 3 2 _ 2 x x L 1st 2 x x Function element NOTE operates only when the vehicle is stationary at approximately 10 km h 6 2 mph or less Vehicles with sport mode OPERATING ELEMENT ENGINE PARKING UNDERDRIV REVERSE OVER DRIVE LOW SECOND SELECTOR LEVER START MECHANISM E CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH OD REVERSE BRAKE 2ND POSITION UD REV BRAKE LR c em e E E GNE GN Bur om cim cse c p ts E Sport 1st x x Sport 2nd x x mode Sport 3rd x x Sport 4th E L x mode x Function element NOTE operates only when the vehicle is stationary at approximately 10 km h 6 2 mph or less TSB Revision 23A 6 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION SECTIONAL VIEW F4A42 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 fox VV Zw e A qM ind DAS phe 12 ER
195. ITION SWITCH Peg S38 41 3931 2 3 4 35 S9 97 0802355 SSS 5 1 090060 Wiens m 1 SHIF ASSEMBLY SHIFT SELECT C 65 SWITCH MODE N MODE SWITCH MU801447 Tee 1 2 UP DOWN 3 4 5 6 4 5 2 E lt c 5 LL Z 25 D 0801451 gt cm 2 3 4 m 1 27 5 a d ow 1 TE 122 110 109 oml50 POWERTRAIN COMBINATIO CONTROL MODULE C 41 C 61 2 AL E G NE gt 5 6 4 48 29 5051 else 63 3 OL ENGINE MU803783 101102 1031104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111112 113 1141115 116 117 118 119 120 W3811M11AA 12111221123 124 125 126 1271128 129 130 i AC106639AB TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 303 CONNECTOR C 44 C 41 paseo po a s Ea Ese EDU CURE N 2 001729 CONNECTOR 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt LX 03104 05 106 107 118109110 11112115 14115116111118 119 120 lt hassles
196. L ENGINE gt C 63 3 0L gt PCM 61 2 4L ENGINE x E 1 2 3 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CES 1 deales eelevieslee 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE 21223 242 06910 129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG OSCILLO SCOPE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW Li 2 56 748 L9 10111 1213 14151617 18 920 21203 67289 80318283 31135 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 52 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC100051AE NORMAL WAVEFORM V 5 ACX02131AB STEP 8 Using the oscilloscope check the waveform at PCM connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Connect an oscilloscope probe to PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 16 and to PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 104 by backprobing 3 Start the engine and run a
197. LIST ITEM OPERATION 67 68 69 D range OFF OFF OFF Sport mode ON OFF OFF Upshift and hold the ON ON OFF selector lever Downshift and hold ON OFF ON the selector lever 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM STEP 4 Check the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 363 Transaxle Control Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 361 Transaxle Control TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 308 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check connectors C 65 at shift switch assembly C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at junction block for damage 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 a 1819 20 5 535412526 EHE 30 31 32 33 84 85 86 AC106611AB TSB Revision 23 309 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair or repla
198. LVE BODY CONVERTER ASSEMBLY SOLENOID A T FLUID 4 VALVE TEMPERATURE ee SENSOR 001879 AC001883AB TSB Revision 23 346 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON VEHICLE SERVICE STOPLIGHT SWITCH BRAKE PEDAL 001884 AB SELECTOR 20 0 8 30 1 2 FLUID LEVEL mm in 10 0 4 40 60 80 104 140 176 FLUID TEMPERATURE C F 002477 DIPSTICK UHOTI AC106828AB CONNECTOR ACCELERATOR PEDAL 001 886 ESSENTIAL SERVICE A T FLUID CHECK 1 M1231000900157 Drive the vehicle until the A T fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature 70 80 C 158 176 F NOTE The A T fluid temperature is measured with scan tool MUT II NOTE If it takes some amount of time until the A T fluid reaches its normal operating temperature 70 80 C 158 176 check the A T fluid level by referring to the left dia gram Park the vehicle on a level surface Move the selector lever through all positions to fill the torque converter and the hydraulic circuits with fluid and then move the selector lever to the N position After wiping off any dirt around the dipstick remove the dipstick and check the condition of the A T fluid NOTE If the A T fluid smells as if it is burnt it means that the A T fluid has been contaminated by fine particles from
199. N I ike alie A 24 001860 STEP 3 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list 52 Amount of Torque Converter Clutch Slippage Second check 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine and run at constant speed of 50km h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 52 Amount of Torque Converter Clutch Slippage Driving at constant speed of 50km h 31mph the dis play should be 10 to 10 r min The display should be 300 to 100 r min or 100 to 300 r min when the accelerator pedal is released 50 km h 31 mph and less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 4 STEP 4 Replace the PCM 1 Replace the PCM 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code DTC 9 15 the A T diagnostic trouble code 53 is output YES Go to Step 5 NO The inspection is complete STEP 5 Replace the valve body 1 Replace the valve body Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Is the A T diagnostic trouble code 53 is output YES Replace
200. N e Selector lever position P e Engine stopped e Throttle opening voltage Less than one volts NORMAL CONDITION Shift indicator light illuminates The solenoid should click when activated Shift indicator light illuminates Data list No 54 e 1 During test OV e 2 Normal Battery positive voltage 12 V The solenoid should click when activated TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 329 INVECS II CANCEL COMMAND M1231009500145 MUT II ITEM CONTENT REMARKS SCAN NO TOOL DISPLAY Std SIFT 14 Standard Stops the INVECS II Use this function when performing procedure 8 PATN shift pattern control and shifts the road tests Refer to P 23A 19 gears according to the the ignition switch is turned from LOCK OFF standard shift pattern to this function restores the INVECS II control PCM TERMINAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE CHART FOR TRANSAXLE OPERATION M1231008400134 ACX01182 AB TERMINAL INSPECTION ITEMS INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL CONDITION NO 45 Crankshaft position Engine Cranking 0 4 4 0V supplied voltage 50 control relay Ignition switch LOCK OFF OV ee 57 Throttle position sensor Always 0 5 V less ground 75 Auto cruise signal Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage 77 Solenoid power Ignition switch LOCK OFF OV su
201. N position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 11 NO Goto Step 8 STEP 8 Check the power supply voltage at PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 50 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 9 NO Go to Step 10 TSB Revision 3 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 238 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 9 Check connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Repair harness open circuit between A T control relay connector A 19X terminal 4 and PCM connector C 54 PCM lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 50 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 He IN 48 49505 1525354555657 58 59 60616263 646566 54 lt 2 41 ENG
202. NDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 37 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4 gt REVERSE RSEPNOAPWNS LINE PRESSURE OIL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X152 7 TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION ad PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision 23 38 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4 gt FAIL SAFE IN CASE OF FAIL SAFE VALVE A OPE
203. NDITION FOOT BRAKE DRIVING OPERATION 000842 NEURAL NETWORK DATA ACCELERATOR PROCESSED POSITION INTERRE OPTIMUM VEHICLE SPEED ATED gt GEAR N SELECTION FOOTBRAKE SION COMPUTER AC000843 AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED SYSTEM INVECS II e When in drive D range the new automatic transmission employs an innovative shift schedule to provide a high level of comfort and easy driving style that matches all driving conditions as well as the driver s driving style INVECS II features Optimum Shift Control which provides shift timing the average driver perceives to be the optimum timing under any road conditions Adaptive Shift Control adjusts shift timing to match the driving habits and prefer ences of individual drivers FEATURES OPTIMUM SHIFT CONTROL 1 The shift patterns found satisfying by the typical driver for all ranges of driving are stored in the computer s memory The computer uses this data to analyze road conditions and the driver s style of operation and then outputs the optimal shift patterns stored in its memory to best match the conditions 2 We introduce the latest in control technologies with an inno vative new algorithm called the neutral network that works to imitate the decision making processes of the human brain The neural network links a wide variety of input data re
204. NE OR 63 3 0L gt G Le 0404 hos 106 107 VN 218 m rre re nre 119 120 2 0408 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 19 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 20 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 20 Check harness for short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine terminal 102 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 21 Repair it TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 31 8 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 21 Check connectors C 65 at shift switch assembly C 27 at intermediate connector and C 41 at combination meter for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 22 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 CONNECTOR C 41 E C 41 mew 464 8 9 162535465 56 o EU N
205. NNECTOR 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 12 Ey fos 1 107 09 011 2 94161611108 119 120 d 20199 408 26210 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 C 81 2 41 ENGINES OR 3 2 voltage between terminal 124 and ground by C 63 3 0L ENGINE M CONNECTOR HARNESS e When fluid temperature is 20 C 68 F voltage SIDE VIEW should be between 3 8 and 4 0 volts When fluid temperature is 40 C 104 F voltage should be between 3 2 and 3 4 volts e When fluid temperature is 80 C 176 F voltage should be between 1 7 and 1 9 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position AC001792AD Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 3 NO to Step 5 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 79 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt J o v 4 2 gt 5 e hood 03104 15 106 107 11810911013119 13 pus erue 119 120 lt 91192194 124129 26121 28 199 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt
206. OCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 8 Go to Step 15 STEP 8 Check the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 363 Transaxle Control Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 9 NO Replace the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 361 Transaxle Control STEP 9 Check connector C 65 at shift switch assembly for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 31 2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check the power supply voltage at shift switch assembly connector C 65 1 Disconnect connector C 65 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Selector lever position should be D range 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11 HARNESS CONNECTOR C 65 AC102571AB STEP 11 Check connector B 41 at Park Neutral position switch for damage CONNEC Q Is the connector in good condition B 41 Z YES Repair harness open circuit between shift switch N
207. OL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1525CA TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision 23 36 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4A T gt 4TH GEAR 1 LINE PRESSURE OIL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE B TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1526CA TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE U
208. OR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt G e faajas ac v 48 49505 1 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 6016162163 64 65 66 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 11 Check harness for short circuit to ground between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine C 55 lt 3 0L Engine terminal 46 CONNECTOR B 07 Q Is the harness wire in good condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 5 Repair it CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L ENGINE SS gt YY PCM x pi G L4 41 42 5 46 vA X 47 950515253 res E 58 59 60616263 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE T AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 57 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE gt 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR 07 ACX02093AC HARNESS CONNECTOR B 07 02094 STEP 12 Check connector B 07 at throttle position sensor for damage Q Is the conn
209. OWN SHIFT DRIVER WHO PRESSES BRAKE PEDAL OFTEN NEW A T WITH INVECS II AVERAGE DRIVER DRIVER WHO RARELY PRESSES THE BRAKE 000845 TSB Revision 23 10 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM SENSE Ignition switch Input shaft speed sensor Output shaft speed sensor Crankshaft position sensor Throttle position sensor A T fluid temperature sensor Park Neutral position switch Dual pressure switch Stoplight switch Cruise control unit OD OFF Signal Select switch lt Vehicles with sport mode gt Shift switch up down lt Vehicles with sport mode gt DECIDE Powertrain control module PCM Serial communicati Scan tool MUT II on ACT A T control relay Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Low reverse solenoid valve Second solenoid valve Underdrive solenoid valve Overdrive solenoid valve Fail safe operation N range light flashing Vehicles with sport mode TSB Revision AC102750AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 23A 11 SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL 2 4L ENGINE UPSHIFT PATTERN THROTTLE OPENING 96 THICK LINE STANDARD SHIFT PATTERN 100 2 3 50 X 7 x 4 1 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 0
210. P Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECTOR C GONMECTOR N ACO01741AR CONNECTOR C 43 C 43 IE 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 ERIS i LM nj i 001729 AW MS TSB Revision 23 152 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 19 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 20 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 20 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 21 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 153 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C
211. PECIFICATIONS 23A 375 CONTINUITY 23A 353 LUBRICANTS 23A 375 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CHECK exor eb Sd pee Rn 23A 353 GENERAL DESCRIPTION AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GENERAL DESCRIPTION A T come in two models namely F4A42 and F4A51 23 3 1231000100173 5 Torque Type converter Torque converter clutch Provided 3rd to 4th 4 speed forward 1 speed reverse fully automatic Transaxle type Gear ratio 1614 2nd 3rd Ath Reverse Final gear ratio Differential gear ratio 4 042 3 728 4 011 SPECIFICATIONS F4A42 2 JZB7 F4A51 2 FZB2 F4A51 2 LZP 4G64 2 4L Engine 6G72 3 0L Engine lt Vehicles without variable induction system gt 3 element 1 stage 2 phase 2 842 1 529 1 000 0 712 2 480 Number of underdrive clutch discs 4 Number of overdrive clutch discs Number of reverse clutch discs 4 2 Number of low reverse brake discs 6 Number of second brake discs Manual control type Shift pattern control Oil pressure control during shifting Torque converter clutch control P R N D 3 2 L 7 mode up down Electronic control INVECS II Electronic control each oil pressure independently controlled Electronic control 2 842 1 495 1 000 0 731 2 720 4 P R N D 4 positions sport mode up positions or P R N D down 4 positions
212. PUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 38 f INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR 023 7 B 42 OCS XX BLACK 803784 MU803783 5 106 107 119 120 0194 0019 2 159 130 C 6142 4L ENGINE 104 ORC 63 3 OL ENGINE POWER p I CONTROL MODULE 11 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11112113 1415161718 1920212223 24 25 26272829 13013 1132 33 34135 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 3 0L ENGIN BLACK 3511 106636 CONNECTORS 38 42 CONNECTORS 50 2 4L gt OR 52 3 0L gt C 61 2 4L gt OR C 63 3 0L gt PCM 61 2 4L ENGINE x Ales ail OR z 112 314 516 78 C 63 3 0L ENGINE 9 10111 12113 1415 16 17 18 100 01 2023 Moho hoa hos 24 25 6 30318283 94199 11 190 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE 222 2412 1 1 001850 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG TSB Revisi
213. Place the selector lever to P position TSB Revision 2 Fasten the shift lock cable at the position where the end of the shift lock cable is positioned above the red marking 23 360 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE KEY INTERLOCK CABLE OCK CAM LOCKING NUT 0001627 es SADJUSTING NUT TRANSAXLE _ CONTROL CABLE AC001632AD TRANSAXLE CONTROL gt gt B lt lt KEY INTERLOCK CABLE SELECTOR LEVER SIDE INSTALLATION 1 Install the key interlock cable on the lock cam 2 Install the spring and washer of the key interlock cable as shown 3 While lightly pushing the cable coupling portion of the lock cam in the direction A tighten the nut to the specified torque Tightening torque 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib gt gt C lt lt NUT INSTALLATION 1 Put the selector lever in the N position 2 Loosen the nut Gently push the transaxle control cable in the direction of the arrow until the cable is taut Tighten the nut at the specified torque Tightening torque 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib INSPECTION M1231006700117 Check the cable assembly for function and for damage TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE CONTROL DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY VEHICLES WITHOUT SPORT MODE 1 5 0 5 14 4 in Ib 1 8 0 2 16 2 in Ib 11 1 1 5 0 5 14 4 in Ib pM REMOVAL STEPS PUSH BUTTON SPRING SHIFT KNOB INDICATOR P
214. Position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at LOCK OFF Position TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT Key interlock cable or lock cam may be defective TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of lock cam Malfunction of key interlock cable DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable Q Is the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the connection of lock cam and shift lock cable When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at the LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 337 A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Check the fit of the lock cam Q Is the lock cam installed correctly YES Go to Step 3 Install the lock cam correctly Refer to P 23A 361 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at the LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position STEP 3 Check the lock cam Q Is the lock cam in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the lock cam Refer to P 23A 361 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at the LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position STEP 4 Check the fit of the key interl
215. R C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 6 EE 103104 105 106 107 ES raed nies mier vow 61 2 4L ENGINE C 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 9 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12 STEP 12 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 13 Check connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM connector for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 14 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 202 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 14 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to g
216. RANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 323 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE M1231008100144 MUT II SCAN TOOL DISPLAY 2ND SOL DUTY CONT RLY SNSR CRANK SENSOR DUAL PRESS SW ENGINE LOAD INP SHFT SNSR ITEM NO 33 54 57 22 A T control relay Ignition switch ON Battery positive output voltage voltage INSPECTION ITEM INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL CONDITION Second solenoid valve Selector lever Driving at constant 100 duty 96 position L 2 3 D speed of 10 km h Vehicles without 6 2 mph in 1st gear sport mode gt Driving at constant 0 Sport mode speed of 30 km h 19 mph in 2nd gear Vehicles with sport mode Driving at constant 100 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear Driving at constant 0 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 4th gear fluid temperature Warming up sensor Drive for 15 minutes Gradually rises or more so that the to 70 80 A T fluid temperature 158 176 F becomes 70 80 158 176 F Crankshaft position Engine Idling Accelerator pedal 600 900 r min sensor after the worming Fully closed up Accelerator pedal Gradually rises Selector lever Depressed from the above position P value Dual pressure switch Engine Idling A C switch ON ON Selector lever While the A C position P N compressor is in operation A C switch OFF OFF Engine load Engine Idling Accel
217. RATION LINE PRESSURE __ OL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1528CA TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision gt AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 39 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4 gt FAIL SAFE IN CASE FAIL SAFE VALVE B OPERATION LINE PRESSURE OIL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FA
218. SHAFT DISCONNECTION A CAUTION Do not pull on the drive shaft doing so will damage the TJ be sure to use a pry bar Do not insert the pry bar so deep as to damage the oil seal Do not damage the transaxle oil seal with the spline of the drive shaft 1 Insert the pry bar between the transaxle case and the drive shaft as shown to remove the drive shaft 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE LH gt NE am o PRY BAR AC001643AB TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY DRIVE SHAFT INNER SHFT 001644 001645 APPROXMATELY 12 2 mm 0 48 in 2 4L ENGINE 9 4 mm 0 37 in lt 3 0L ENGINE AC100110AC m ENGINE SIDE TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE MOUNT MUNI STOPPER BRACKET AC001647AB 23A 373 N CAUTION Do not damage the transaxle oil seal with the spline of the inner shaft 2 If the inner shaft and transaxle are tightly joined tap the center bearing bracket lightly with a plastic hammer etc to remove the drive shaft and inner shaft from the transaxle 3 0L ENGINE RH gt 3 Cover the transaxle case with a shop towel to prevent foreign material from entering it lt lt F gt gt DRIVE PLATE BOLTS TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY LOWER PART COUPLING BOLTS TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL 1 Support the transaxle assembly by using a transaxle jack 2 Remove the drive plate bolts while turning the crank shaf
219. Step 18 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision 23 68 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR B 07 ACX02093AC HARNESS CONNECTOR B 07 02094 CONNECTORS C 54 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 57 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 3 0L gt _ 4 _ SEES 252 Qe O i 0 57 2 4L ENGINE oo OR X L 4114243 C 59 3 0L ENGINE v cupid 1 75 76 77 58 59 60616263 646566 80 81 821831 4 5 8687 88 89 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR 89917 29364 9506 97 98 55 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 18 Check the throttle position sensor 1 Disconnect connector B 07 and measure at the sensor side 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 Standard value 3 5 6 5 3 Measure resistance between the throttle position sensor side connector terminal 1 and 3 4 Move the throttle valve from idle position to full open position Resistance should change smoothly in proportion to opening angle of the throttle valve Q
220. TEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 54 output YES Refer to P 23A 233 code number 54 A T control relay system Goto Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 04 Overdrive Solenoid Valve 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 04 Overdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the overdrive solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision 23 204 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3
221. TIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 88 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 14 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 6 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 129 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 32 Underdrive Solenoid Valve System Solenoid Valve System Circuit Refer to P 23A 180 CIRCUIT OPERATION Refer to P 23A 180 DTC SET CONDITIONS If the resistance value for a solenoid valve circuit is greater than 3 5 Q for 4 seconds or less than 2 6 Q for 4 seconds it is judged that there is a short circuit or an open circuit in the solenoid valve and the diag nostic trouble code number 32 is displayed The transmission is locked into 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Replace the PCM Repair it TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of underdrive solenoid valve e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB99
222. TIC TRANSAXLE 2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 63 B 07 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001789AC CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L 55 3 0L ENGINE ENGINE OR PCM 22 p CT 41 42 falsis ZI 47 48 49 505152535455 5657 58 59 606162163 64 65 66 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 001657 aaja 515253154 eleelea 64 54 lt 2 41 gt C 55 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC000848 AD STEP 8 Check the power supply voltage at throttle position sensor connector B 07 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector B 07 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 4 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 NO to Step 9 STEP 9 Check the power supply voltage at PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 46 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts
223. TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW Gather information from customer fluid Check the automatic transmission M1231013500148 Y OK Verify complaint Read the diagnostic trouble code tool MUT II not possible zi Y Replace or replenish the automatic transmission fluid Communication with the scan Communication with the scan tool Diagnostic trouble code displayed Y No diagnostic trouble code y displayed Erase the diagnostic trouble code Check symptom Y Perform the repair trouble code NG gt Road test Abnormality exists diagnostic trouble code present No abnormality Abnormality exists no diagnostic Recheck diagnostic trouble codes which were read before road test Diagnostic trouble code No diagnostic trouble code displayed displayed To DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE To SYMPTOM CHART CHART Y Y Search for cause Found Not found Repair INTERMITTENT MALFUNCTIONS Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points Confirmation test road test MUT II not possible in Symptom Chart gt Completed AC102288 INTRODUCTION TO A T DIAGNOSIS The automatic transaxle can exhibit any of the follow
224. TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of the output shaft soeed sensor Malfunction of the throttle position sensor Malfunction of each solenoid valve Abnormal line pressure Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 268 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor e When driving at constant speed of 50km h 31mph the display should be 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Gear range 3rd gear 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES Go to Step 2 NO Refer to P 23A 115 diagnostic trouble code number 23 Output shaft speed sensor system STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle position sensor 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
225. TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 03 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor e When driving at constant speed of 50km h 31mph the display should be 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Gear range 3rd gear 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the ground voltage at PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing CONNECTOR C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position Sem e 112 4 5 6 s 9 10 2 25 6272829 80 31 82 33 34135 50 2 4L ENGINE
226. UBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of selector lever assembly e Malfunction of transaxle control cable e Malfunction of lock cam STEP 2 Check the fit of the lock cam Q Is the lock cam installed correctly YES Go to Step 3 Install the lock cam correctly Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from position to P DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the connection of selector lever assembly and transaxle control cable Q Is the connection of selector lever assembly and transaxle control cable in good condition YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the connection of selector lever assembly and transaxle control cable Check that the selector lever can be moved from R position to P position position TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 339 A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the lock cam Q Is the lock cam in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the lock cam Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from R position to P position STEP 4 Check the fit of the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 5 NO Install the transaxle control cable correctly Refer to P 23A 358 Check that the selector lever can be moved from R position to P position STEP 5 Check the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable in good condition
227. UM C 78 1 e a a s e v a 9 1011 ems uw T 2324256272890 212 52 gt gt d 001729 7 SET CONDITIONS If the PCM detects a fail safe condition it will attempt to illuminate the N range light The PCM sends a 12 volts pulse for 60 180 ms If it does not detect a voltage drop during the pulse it waits about 60 sec onds and pulses 12 volts again for 60 180 ms If the PCM does no detect the voltage drop before the ignition switch is turned LOCK OFF the PCM will consider it as an short circuit of the N range light circuit and output code number 56 CIRCUIT OPERATION If a fail safe is triggered while driving forward the PCM flashes the N range light once per second triggered fail safe The PCM does this by switching battery positive voltage to terminal 121 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Defective range light bulb e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 244 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the light bulb A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connec
228. UT SHAFT 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 77 SPEED SENSOR 2 Test drive the vehicle A 3 Check for diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 22 output YES Go to Step 16 NO The inspection is complete TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 112 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 E36 7 8 101112 13 14 5 17 28 18 19 20 25 26 2 21222324 29 3 38 3031 32333435 S63 AC106611AB CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK gt FRONT VIEW p ud 1 8 9110 11 12 13 14 106612 STEP 16 Check connectors C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at junction block for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 17 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 11 3 STEP 17 Check harness for damage between input shaft speed sensor harness side connector B 42 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 103 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 18 Repair it 00183
229. VE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 33 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4 gt 1ST GEAR LINE PRESSURE OIL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE B TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE A T FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1523CA TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE REGULATOR VALVE MANUAL VALVE OIL FILTER OIL PUMP OIL STRAINER RELIEF VALVE OIL PAN TSB Revision 23 34 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS lt 4 gt 2ND GEAR ____ LINE PRESSURE 1 O
230. VEHICLE AC102447AF TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 241 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L ENGINE PCM 58 59 60616263 646566 _ 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TX lt aad i 41 42 hs IN 48 49505 1525354555657 STEP 16 Check harness for damage between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 3 and the ground Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 17 Repair it STEP 17 Check harness for short circuit to ground between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 50 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Repair harness short circuit to ground between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 and solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and 10 Repair it TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 242 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 56 N Range Light System Vehicles with sport mode N Range Light System Circuit
231. WITHOUT PUSHING THE BUTTON lt a THE SELECTOR LEVER MOVES WHEN THE BUTTON IS PUSHED AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ON VEHICLE SERVICE SELECTOR LEVER OPERATION CHECK M1231001300211 1 Apply the parking brake and check that the selector lever moves smoothly and accurately to each position Check that the engine starts when the selector lever is at the N or P position and that it does not start when the selector lever is in any other position Start the engine release the parking brake and check that the vehicle moves forward when the selector lever is moved from N position to D 3 2 or L position or to 1st or 2nd gear in Sports mode and that the vehicle reverses when the selector lever is moved to R position Stop the engine Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and check that the backup lamp illuminates when the selector lever is shifted from P position to R position NOTE The A T mis operation prevention mechanism is pro vided so that the selector lever cannot be moved from the P position if the ignition switch is at a position other than the LOCK OFF position and the brake pedal is not depressed 2 001629 KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM CHECK M1232000900202 1 Carry out the following inspection INSPECTION INSPECTION INSPECTION ITEM NORMAL CONDITION PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS 1 Brake pedal Ignition key position Push in the selector lever
232. YES Repair or replace the selector lever assembly Refer to P 23A 358 and P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly NO Replace the transaxle control cable Refer to P 23A 358 Check that the selector lever can be moved from position to P position INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6 Ignition Key cannot be Turned to the LOCK OFF Position when Selector Lever is at P Position TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT Lock cam steering lock cylinder assembly transaxle control cable or key interlock cable may be defective TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of lock cam Malfunction of key interlock cable Malfunction of transaxle control cable Malfunction of steering lock cylinder assembly DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable Q Is the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 2 Repair the connection of lock cam and shift lock cable Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at P position STEP 2 Check the fit of the lock cam Q Is the lock cam installed correctly YES Go to Step 3 Install the lock cam correctly Refer to P 23A 361 Check that the selector lever can be moved from position to P position STEP 3 Check the lock cam Q Is the lock cam in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace
233. alfunction of torque converter clutch solenoid Refer to P 23A 180 valve e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DTC SET CONDITIONS If the resistance value for a solenoid valve circuit is greater than 3 5 Q for 4 seconds or less than 2 6 Q for 4 seconds it is judged that there is a short circuit or an open circuit in the solenoid valve and the diag nostic trouble code number 36 is displayed The transmission is locked into 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 21 0 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 54 output YES Refer to P 23A 233 code number 54 A T control relay system Goto Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve 1 Conne
234. and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position AC001837Al 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 15 NO Goto Step 14 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 38 ACX02134AE TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 124 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 E36 7 8 101112 13 14 5 17 28 18 19 20 25 26 2 21222324 29 3 38 3031 32333435 S63 AC106611AB CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK gt FRONT VIEW p ud 1 10 11 12 13 14 o AC106612AB STEP 14 Check connectors C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at junction block for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground NO between output shaft speed sensor connector B 38 terminal 3 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1
235. ase Abnormal reverse clutch pressure Abnormal low reverse brake pressure Malfunction of the low reverse solenoid valve Malfunction of the reverse clutch Malfunction of the low reverse brake Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of the PCM COMMENT If the vehicle does not backward when the selector lever is shifted from N to R range while the engine is idling the cause is probably abnormal pressure or a malfunction of the reverse clutch low reverse brake or valve body DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair or replace the low reverse solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 Then confirm that the symptom is eliminated STEP 2 Check the hydraulic pressure for rever
236. assembly connector 65 terminal 1 Park Neutral A o position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 AC001844AK TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 313 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 8 fos 1 107 QN 11 2 94161611108 119 120 y fedes 62104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 61 2 4L gt C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW posu 119 120 besis bazha 129 120 002122 CONNECTOR 61 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE gt HM NEC Ke A P M NON S lt gt NCS AX 65 Ka ALQO MW 0 2 2 feo by 101102 1031104 105 106 107 v4 04109 110 1111191113 11401516111 18 119 120 E 12122123 124 125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 CONNECTOR 61 2 4L gt OR 63 3 0L gt E FU 101104 103104 105 106 107 N i 108 109110 11 12 113111415116111 16 119
237. assembly connector B 40 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 124 STEP 8 Check harness for damage between A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or 55 3 0L Engine terminal 124 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Repair harness damage between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 57 Repair it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 83 DTC 21 Crankshaft Position Sensor System Crankshaft Position Sensor System Circuit 0 0 8 MU80 1333 RED RED WHITE WHITE _ _ OO gt m n3 5 112 3 4 g 3 r e CRANKSHAFT B 20 MU802603 a 00 1 2 MU803784 MU803781 112 afa 5 6 8 41 42 43 444546 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 1841920212223 47 48 49 50 5152 53 54155 56 57 24125 26272829 130131132133 34135
238. ata list No 29 1 0 km h 0 mph 4 50 km h 31 mph Data list No 22 4 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Data list No 23 4 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Data list No 36 2 70 90 3 70 90 gt 0 INSPECTION ITEM DTC Shift position Low reverse solenoid valve duty Underdrive solenoid valve duty Second solenoid valve duty Overdrive solenoid valve duty Input shaft speed sensor Output shaft speed sensor Torque 36 converter 52 clutch 53 solenoid valve duty INSPECTION PROCEDURE PAGE Low reverse solenoid valve system P 23A 180 Underdrive solenoid valve system P 23A 188 Second solenoid valve system P 23A 195 Overdrive solenoid valve system P 23A 202 Vehicle speed signal system P 23A 295 Input shaft speed sensor system P 23A 101 Output shaft speed sensor system P 23A 115 Torque converter clutch solenoid system P 23A 209 P 23A 226 P 23A 231 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 23 STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION STANDARD INSPECTION DTC INSPECTION TEST OPERATION ITEM PROCEDURE PAGE Data list No 52 Torque 2 10 to 10 r converter min clutch 3 The value amount of changes from 2 slippage 8 Use the scan 1 Acc
239. ation P 13A 25 or GROUP 13B 3 0L Engine Diagnosis Symptom Chart Poor acceleration P 13B 26 Q Is the inspection result good YES Go to Step 2 Repair or replace the engine component s STEP 2 Check each brake and clutch Perform the torque converter stall test Refer to P 23A 25 Torque Converter Stall Test Then check for the symptom Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Perform the hydraulic pressure test Perform the hydraulic pressure test Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Then check for the symptom Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Go to Step 4 STEP 4 Check each brake system and clutch system 1 Remove the valve body cover and valve body Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Blow 108 kPa 15 psi compressed air into the each brake oil orifice and clutch oil orifice of the transaxle case and check if each brake and clutch piston move and air pressure is maintained Q Is the air pressure maintained YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 276 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check each brake system and clutch system 1 Remove the transaxle 2 Check the facings for seizure and piston seal ring for SECOND damage and interference with retainer Repair or replace BRAKE the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B
240. backward P 23A 253 Does not move forward or backward P 23A 255 TSB Revision 23 22 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION Selector lever position N Vehicles without sport mode Sport mode Vehicles with sport mode on a flat and straight road Selector lever position 3 Vehicles without sport mode sport mode Vehicles without sport mode on a flat and straight road TEST OPERATION Selector lever position and vehicle speed Each condition should be maintained for 10 seconds or more 1 Idling in 1st gear Vehicle stopped 2 Driving at constant speed of 10 km h 6 2 mph in 1st gear 3 Driving at constant speed of 30 km h 19 mph in 2nd gear 4 Driving at constant speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear 5 Driving at constant speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 4th gear Selector lever position and vehicle speed 1 Driving at speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear 2 Driving at constant speed of 50 km h 31 mph 3 Release accelerator pedal Speed under 50 km h 31 mph STANDARD Data list No 63 2 1st 3 2nd 4 3rd 5 4th Data list No 31 2 0 3 100 4 100 96 5 100 Data list No 32 2 0 3 O 96 4 0 5 100 Data list No 33 2 100 96 3 0 4 100 5 0 Data list No 34 2 100 95 3 100 4 0 95 5 0 D
241. before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor e When driving at constant speed of 50km h 31mph the display should be 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Gear range 3rd gear 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 05 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA hos tog tofu fries adus rne 11718 119 120 lt fedes 62104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 sw ejr aw 118 120 C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001810AD CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt G 101104 103104 105 106 107 v 108109 101111112 11314115116117 18 119 120
242. ber 54 A T control relay system NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the low reverse solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO to Step TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 183 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA 08110911011 fre s ufus ne 11718 119 120 y fedes 69104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 001959 CONNECTOR B 40 8 7 Eoo CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt T C
243. cation disagrees at all positions Go to Step 2 When indication disagrees at P position Go to Step 6 When indication disagrees at R position Go to Step 13 When indication disagrees at N position Go to Step 19 When indication disagrees at D position Go to Step 25 When indication disagrees at 9 position Go to Step 32 When indication disagrees at 2 position Go to Step 36 When indication disagrees at L position Go to Step 40 When indication disagrees at sport mode position agrees at D position Go to Step 44 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 141 STEP 2 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION NEF CONNECTION OF PARK NEUTRAL TESTER POSITION PNP amp SWITCH P 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm R 7 8 N 4 8 9 10 D 1 8 004672 3 5 8 2 2 8 L 6 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 3 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 005865 AB TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 142 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check connectors B 41 at Park Neutral position switch C 28 at intermediate connector and C 112 at jun
244. ce personnel from inadvertent firing of the air bag or to the driver and passenger from rendering the SRS inoperative Service or maintenance of any SRS component or SRS related component must be performed only at an authorized MITSUBISHI dealer MITSUBISHI dealer personnel must thoroughly review this manual and especially its GROUP 52B Supplemental Restraint System SRS before beginning any service or maintenance of any component of the SRS or any SRS related component NOTE The SRS includes the following components SRS air bag control unit SRS warning light front impact sensors air bag module clock spring and interconnecting wiring Other SRS related components that may have to be removed installed in connection with SRS service or maintenance are indicated in the table of contents by an asterisk 23 2 FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION STOPLIGHT SWITCH CHECK 23A 353 MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS 23A 334 PRESSURE SWITCH CHECK 23A 354 INTRODUCTION TO A T KEY INTERLOCK AND SELECT SWITCH CHECK 23A 354 SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS 23A 334 SHIFT SWITCH UP CHECK 23A 354 A T KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK SHIFT SWITCH DOWN CHECK 23A 354 MECHANISMS DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING 23A 354 STRATEGY E SYMPTOM 23A 334 qu BERATEN SYMPTOM PROCEDURES 23A 334 CHECK
245. ce the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 CONNECTOR C 112 2 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW C 112 4 5 6 1 2 3 1011 106612 Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 31 0 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 6 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 3 Repair it CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW 7 8 9 10 1112 106612 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 31 1 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch e The scan tool should display D when the selector lever is D range 4 Turn the ignition switch to the L
246. ck connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 23 Vehicles with sport mode Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 121 Vehicles without sport mode Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 54 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 23 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 4 and PCM connector 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 121 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 YES Go to Step 24 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 24 Check connectors 27 at intermediate connector and C 43 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness short circuit to ground between Park Neutral positi
247. ck if the underdrive clutch piston moves and air pressure is maintained in that condition Q Is the air pressure maintained YES Go to Step 9 NO Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Check the underdrive clutch 1 Remove the transaxle assembly 2 Check the facing for seizure and the piston seal ring for damage and interference with the retainer Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 238 238 57 Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft Then check the symptom 1 the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Goto Step 9 STEP 6 Check shock Q Does shock occur sometimes YES Go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 8 TSB Revision 23 260 rs Lr a 27 N A LI AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS AC001860 AB STEP 7 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle position sensor N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position
248. connector Malfunction of the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 71 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt gt o k 5 6 47 95051525354 555657 lt 58 59 60 61 62 63 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 43 49 50 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001791AD DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 15 AIT Fluid Temperature Sensor N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 15 A T Fluid Temperature Sensor At cool condition Almost equal to the ambient tempera ture atmospheric temperature e At warm condition 70 to 80 158 to 176 F 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with In
249. connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 75 and auto cruise control ECU connector C 20 terminal 3 CONNECTOR C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR Is the harness wire in good condition C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair it 9 A 5 76 77 N 7870 80 81182 83 4 85 86187 88 89 oj 64 6596 Lo 98 57 2 4L gt C 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ AC001741AU TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 295 STEP 7 Check connector C 20 at auto cruise control ECU connector for damage CONNECTOR C 20 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Replace the auto cruise control ECU Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17 Vehicle Speed Signal System Vehicle Speed Signal System Circuit COMBINATION coNTROL METER CIRCUIT 16 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12113 14115 16
250. cooler and lines Turn the pump OFF 11 Place the CLEAR suction line into a one quart container of DIAMOND ATF SP III or equivalent A T fluid 12 Turn the pump ON until all A T fluid is removed from the one quart container and lines This purges any residual cleaning solvent from the transaxle cooler and lines Turn the pump OFF 13 Disconnect the alligator clips from the battery Reconnect the flusher lines to the cover plate and remove the flushing adapters from the cooler lines Reconnect the cooler lines OIL COOLER FLOW CHECK M1231013100139 After the new or repaired transaxle has been installed fill to the FROM proper level with DIAMOND ATF SP III or equivalent A T fluid COOLER The flow should be checked using the following procedure CAUTION With the fluid set at the proper level fluid collection should not exceed one quart or internal damage to the transaxle may occur 1 Disconnect the OUTLET From cooler line at the transaxle and place a collecting container under the disconnected line Run the engine at curb idle speed with the shift selector in neutral 3 If A T fluid flow is intermittent or it takes more than 20 seconds to collect one quart of A T fluid replace the cooler 4 If flow is found to be within acceptable limits reconnect the cooler line Then fill the transaxle to the proper level using DIAMOND ATF SP III or equivalent fluid TO COOLER 001891 2
251. correctly Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position STEP 5 Check the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the key interlock cable Refer to P 23A 363 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check the fit of the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable installed correctly YES Replace the steering lock cylinder NO assembly Refer to P 37A 21 and P 37A 23 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position Install the transaxle control cable correctly Refer to P 23A 358 Check that the ignition key can not be turned to the LOCK OFF position with the selector lever at any position other than P position TSB Revision 23 341 E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 342 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TOOL TOOL NUMBER AND SUPERSESSION APPLICATION NAME MD998330 Includes MD998330 01 Measurement of hydraulic pressure MD998331 Oil pressure gauge 3 0 MPa 427 psi MD998332 MD998332 01 Connection for oil press
252. ct scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 211 STEP 3 Check the solenoid valve output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA hos tog tofu fries adus rne 11718 119 120 lt fedes 62104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 107 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
253. ction block for damage CONNECTOR B 41 F 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 a Sis TO 21223242526 EHE 30 31 32 33 84 85 86 AC106611AB TSB Revision 23 143 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 4 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 CONNECTOR C 112 2 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW C 112 4 5 6 1 2 3 1011 106612 Revision 23 144 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 8 and junction block connector C 112 terminal 12 CONNECT B 41 AC001844AK Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair it CONNECTOR C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW C 112 415 6 12113114 106612 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 45 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS
254. ction of the reverse clutch Malfunction of the low reverse brake Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of the throttle position sensor Malfunction of the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 261 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 01 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair or replace the low reverse solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Then confirm that the symptom is eliminated STEP 2 Check when shock occurs Q When does the shock occur When engaging from N to R Go to Step 3 When the vehicle starts moving Go to Step 7 STEP 3 Check the hydraulic pressure for reverse clutch Measure the hydraulic pressure for reverse clutch when the selector leve
255. cuit e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM If the A T fluid temperature sensor output detects the voltage which corresponds to 0 volt for more than one second there is a short in the A T fluid tempera ture sensor circuit and diagnostic trouble code num ber 16 is output DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 78 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 15 A T Fluid Temperature Sensor CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 15 A T Fluid Temperature Sensor e At cool condition Almost equal to the ambient tempera ture atmospheric temperature e At warm condition 70 to 80 158 F to 176 F 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the sensor output voltage at PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing CO
256. d temperature sensor output terminal terminal 1 Ground terminal terminal 2 is grounded to the PCM terminal 57 The A T fluid temperature sensor is an neg ative temperature coefficient type of resistor When the A T fluid temperature rises the resis tance decreases The A T fluid temperature sensor output voltage rises when the resistance increases cools and drops when the resistance decreases heats up CONNECTORS C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L gt C 61 2 4L gt C 63 3 0L gt 1 0 2 i LAS C 61 2 4L ENGINE 2 2 E 7 R dL 3 0L ENGINE G 42 Tnm J J N fee eol 57 TE TET n m P Sese fofile 646566 haas 91902 129 130 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BD DTC SET CONDITIONS If the A T fluid temperature sensor output voltage is 4 if is 5 volts or more after driving for 10 minutes or more the A T fluid temperature does not increase there an open circuit in the A T fluid temperature sensor and diagnostic trouble code number 15 is output TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of the A T fluid temperature sensor circuit e Damaged harness
257. derdrive Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair or replace the underdrive solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Then confirm that the symptom is eliminated STEP 2 Check the hydraulic pressure Measure the hydraulic pressure of each element when the selector lever is at the L range and check if each hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Q Is the hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 3 NO Go to Step 4 TSB Revision 23 252 UNDERDRIVE 20229 CLUTCH OIL I oS rine ORIFICE z VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY AC001860 AB AC001861 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the underdrive clutch system 1 Remove the valve body cover and
258. di 10809110 111112113114 15 116117 14 119 120 lt 121122123 12412 126127128 129 130 54 lt 2 41 gt 55 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657BD ACX02479AK STEP 7 Check connectors C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM and B 40 at A T control solenoid valve assembly for damage Q Are the harness connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 75 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 8 Check the A T fluid temperature sensor at A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the sensor side AN 5950 2X3 02479 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 e When fluid temperature is 0 32 F resistance should be between 16 7 and 20 5 kiloohm e When fluid temperature is 20 68 F resistance should be between 7 3 and 8 9 kiloohm e When fluid temperature is 40 104 F resistance should be between 3 4 and 4 2 kiloohm 2122 40 When fluid temperature is 60 C 140 F resistance should be between 1 9 2 2 kiloohm ACX02103 AD e W
259. display NOTE If the battery is disconnected or if the powertrain con trol module connector is disconnected the diagnostic trouble codes will be erased Do not disconnect the battery or power train control module before the diagnostic trouble codes have been read 1 Connect the scan tool to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Record the diagnostic trouble codes for 4 5 Refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF and then back to ON again 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code by selecting DTC erase from SPECIAL MENU screen using scan tool 7 Check for diagnostic trouble codes Confirm the scan tool displays normal 8 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 9 Disconnect the scan tool TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 7 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION USING SCAN TOOL ROAD TEST AND DATA LIST Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool 1 Connect the scan tool to data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Carry out inspection by means of the Road Test and Data List function If there is an abnormality check and repair the chassis harnesses and components
260. ds Low reverse solenoid valve Underdrive solenoid valve Second solenoid valve Overdrive solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Incomplete 1st Gear ratio value which is shifting 2nd sent from the output shaft speed sensor is not identical to the output from 4th the input shaft speed Reverse sensor for one second passen after shifting finished control relay control relay voltage is less than seven volts for 0 1 second after the ignition switch is turned ON Abnormality has occurred in the PCM Abnormality in the PCM The diagnostic trouble code is recorded when the judgement condition occurs once When the judgement condition is met four times the transaxle holds 3rd gear or 2nd gear depending on speed and for vehicles with sport mode N range light flashes as a fail safe The diagnostic trouble code is recorded when the judgement condition occurs once When the judgement condition is met four times the transaxle holds 3rd gear or 2nd gear depending on speed and for vehicles with sport mode N range light flashes as a fail safe When the judgement condition is met four times the control relay is turned off and for vehicles with sport mode N range light flashes The transaxle will only operate in 3rd and reverse gears until the system is repaired The diagnostic trouble code is displayed and the judgement condition occurs once When the judgement condition is me
261. e at PCM connector 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine 2 Disconnect connector B 20 at crankshaft position sensor 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 45 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 9 STEP 8 Check connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit between crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 45 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 STEP 9 Check connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 92 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 20 2 4L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR B 20 lt 3 0L ENGINES CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 41 gt OR 55 3 0L
262. e circuit is greater than 3 5 Q for 4 seconds or less than 2 6 Q for 4 seconds it is judged that there is a short circuit or an open circuit in the solenoid valve and the diag nostic trouble code number 33 is displayed The transmission is locked into 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Replace the PCM Repair it TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of second solenoid valve e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 96 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 54 output YES Refer to P 23A 233 code number 54 A T control relay system Goto Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 03 Second Solen
263. e following procedure 1 Disconnect the hose shown in the illustration which connects the transaxle and the oil cooler inside the radiator Place a container under the hose to collect the discharge CAUTION The engine should be stopped within one minute after it is started If the A T fluid has all drained out before then the engine should be stopped at that point Discharge volume Approximately 3 5 dm 3 7 quarts 2 Start the engine and let the A T fluid drain out Running conditions N range with engine idling 3 Remove the drain plug from the bottom of the transaxle case to drain the A T fluid Discharge volume Approximately 2 0 dm 2 1 quarts 4 Install the drain plug with a new gasket and tighten it to the specified torque Tightening torque 32 2 N m 24 1 ft lb A CAUTION Stop pouring if the full volume of A T fluid cannot be poured in 5 Pour new A T fluid DIAMOND ATF SP III or equivalent in through the oil filter tube Adding volume Approximately 5 5 dm 5 8 quarts 6 Repeat the procedure in Step 2 to pump out the rest of the contaminated A T fluid TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 348 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 7 Pour the new A T fluid in through the oil filler tube Adding volume Approximately 3 5 dm 3 7 quarts NOTE Check for contamination or burnt smell If fluid is still contaminated or burnt repeat Steps 6 and 7 before pro
264. e ground Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 9 Repair it STEP 9 Check connector B 41 at Park Neutral position switch for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 248 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR uc C 43 E 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CONNECTOR B 41 JEA STEP 10 Check harness for short circuit to ground between combination meter connector C 43 terminal 9 and Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 11 Repair it STEP 11 Using scan tool MB991502 check the light bulb A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The N range light in the combination meter flushes 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Does the N range light flush YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points H
265. e should be 4 8 volts and more and the minimum value 0 8 volts and less The output waveform should not contain electrical noise 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Is the waveform normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Go to Step 4 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 229 STEP 4 Check connectors B 42 at input shaft speed sensor and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 AC001835AH CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt G 101104 103104 105 106 107 1 1 Xs 108109101111112113114115116117118 119 120 0408 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 5 Check harness for damage between input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 103 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair it 001835 CONNECTOR 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 03104 05106 107 810901114919 prre 16117118 119 120 9408 129 10 61
266. e the voltage between terminal 1 and ground by backprobing Voltage should be 0 5 volt or less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 17 Go to Step 14 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 66 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 14 Check the ground voltage at PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine by backprobing CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE 3 0L Engine 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position PCM ex _ LY faalasiae 48 49505 1525354555657 P 58 59 60616263 646566 54 2 4L gt OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 57 ground by backprobing e Voltage should be 0 5 volt or less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position s R3 45 9 15 the voltage normal 58 59 162163 64 5 YES Go to Step 15 Go to Step 16 C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001791 AD STEP 15 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage CONNECTOR B 07 Q Are the connecto
267. e transmission applying and releasing elements CONNECTOR B 40 emm 550 001729 SET CONDITIONS If the resistance value for a solenoid valve circuit is greater than 3 5 for 4 seconds or less than 2 6 for 4 seconds it is judged that there is a short circuit or an open circuit in the solenoid valve and the diag nostic trouble code number 31 is displayed The transmission is locked into 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of low reverse solenoid valve Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM TSB Revision _ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 82 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code number 54 output YES Refer to P 23A 233 code num
268. ear or driven gear e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 117 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor e When driving at constant speed of 50km h 31mph the display should be 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Gear range 3rd gear 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the ground voltage at PCM connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing CONNECTOR C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
269. early late only when A T fluid is 29 C 84 F or less early or 125 C 257 F or more late YES The symptom is due to characteristics of the INVECS Il system but is not abnormal NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and the valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 4 STEP 4 Replace the PCM Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 TSB Revision 23 272 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12 No Diagnostic Trouble Codes Does not Shift Backup Power Supply System Circuit BATTERY CONTROL OR 55 3 OL ENGINE MODULE BATTERY MU803781 42 43 4414546 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60616263 646566 CIRCUIT OPERATION 001729 W3811M10AA AC106638AB CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 9492 AES 3 p 41 42 as
270. ector in good condition YES Go to Step 13 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 13 Check the throttle position sensor 1 Disconnect connector B 07 and measure at the sensor side 2 Measure the resistance between connector terminal 1 and 4 Standard value 3 5 6 5 3 Measure resistance between the throttle position sensor side connector terminal 1 and 3 4 Move the throttle valve from the idle position to full open position Resistance should change smoothly in proportion to opening angle of the throttle valve Q Is the resistance normal YES Go to Step 14 Replace the throttle position sensor Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Throttle Body Assembly P 13A 592 or 13B 3 0L Engine Throttle Body Assembly P 13B 689 TSB Revision 23 58 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTORS C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 57 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 3 0L gt _ 4 lt fo lt X e gt Qr re 57 2 4L ENGINE M e 8 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt NI 47 Ioma 75 76 77 58 59 60161162163 646566 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 lt 54 lt 2 40 ENGINE gt 8087 829394 9598 97198 55 3 0L ENGINE gt
271. elerate to 4th gear Data list No 11 Malfunction Shift shock and tool MUT II to ata throttle position sensor 23 when slipping stop the output of 1 5V accelerator The shifting shifting P 23A 265 INVECS II opening angle of 30 96 points Does not Early or late function 2 Slowly decelerate to correspond with shift shifting in all Selector lever stop the scan tool according gears P 23A position D on a 3 Accelerate to 4th gear display and the 267 flat and straight throttle position sensor APS voltage instructions output of 2 5 V accelerator opening angle hiftina i Use the scan opening angle of 50 and output shaft 4 tool MUT II to speed which are stop the shown in the P 23A 270 INVECS II standard shift Does not No diagnostic function pattern shift trouble code Selector lever P 23A 272 position D on a 22 Input shaft flat and straight speed sensor road system P 23A 101 23 Output shaft speed sensor system P 23A 115 TSB Revision 23 24 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION TEST OPERATION 8 Use the scan tool MUT II to stop the INVECS II function Selector lever position D on a flat and straight road Use the scan tool MUT II to stop the INVECS II function Selector lever position D on a flat and straight road STANDARD 1 While driving at 60 km
272. erator pedal Data changes volumetric efficiency Selector lever fully closed gt position P N depressed Input shaft speed Gear range 3rd Driving at constant 1 600 1 900 r sensor gear speed of 50 km h 31 min 2 4L mph Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 324 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS MUT II SCAN INSPECTION ITEM INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL TOOL NO CONDITION DISPLAY L R SOL 31 Low reverse solenoid Selector lever Driving at constant 0 DUTY valve duty position L 2 3 D speed of 10 km h Vehicles without 6 2 mph in 1st gear sport mode or Driving at constant 10096 Sport mode speed of 30 km h 19 Vehicles with mph in 2nd gear rt gt SPON MONE Driving at constant 100 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear Driving at constant 100 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 4th gear O D SOL 34 Overdrive solenoid Selector lever Driving at constant 100 DUTY valve duty position L 2 3 D of 10 km h Vehicles without 6 2 mph in 1st gear sport mode or Driving at constant 100 Sport mode speed of 30 km h 19 Vehicles with mph in 2nd gear sport mode mx Driving at constant 0 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear Driving at constant 0 speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 4th gear OD OFF Overdrive off signal While auto cruise Level road OFF SIGNAL Auto cruise ECM is engaged Uphill grade ON OUT SHFT
273. essure test Refer to P 23A 26 AC Readjust the line pressure if necessary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART M1231007900136 CODE 11 12 14 15 16 21 22 23 26 27 28 31 32 33 34 36 41 42 43 44 46 DIAGNOSIS ITEM REFERENCE PAGE Throttle position sensor system P 23A 42 fluid temperature sensor system P 23A 70 Park Neutral position switch system P 23A 136 1st gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 Reverse gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 41 DIAGNOSIS ITEM REFERENCE PAGE 52 Torque converter clutch solenoid system Defective system P 23A 226 53 Clutch stuck on P 23A 231 54 A T control relay system Short circuit to ground open 23 233 circuit 56 range light system Vehicles with sport Open circuit P 23A 242 mode SYMPTOM CHART M1231008000158 SYMPTOMS INSPECTION REFERENCE PAGE PROCEDURE NO Communication with Communication with 2 4L Engine Group 13A scan tool is not all systems is diagnosis P 13A 434 possible 3 0L Engine Group 13B diagnosis P 13B 530 Communication with 2 4L Engine Group 13A the PCM only is diagnosis P 13A 436 impossible 3 0L Engine Group 13B diagnosis P 13B 532 Driving impossible Engine does not crank P 23A 249 Does not move forward P 23A 251 Does not move backward P 23A 253 Does not move forward or backward P 23A 2
274. etween connector terminal 1 and 4 Standard value 3 5 6 5 3 Measure resistance between the throttle position sensor side connector terminal 1 and 3 4 Move the throttle valve from idle position to full open position Resistance should change smoothly in proportion to opening angle of the throttle valve Q Is the resistance normal YES Go to Step 15 Replace the throttle position sensor Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Throttle Body Assembly P 13A 592 or 13B 3 0L Engine Throttle Body Assembly P 13B 689 STEP 15 Check connectors C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 lt 3 01 Engine and 57 2 4L Engine or 59 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 16 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 TSB Revision 23 50 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 16 Check harness for damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine terminal 78 CONNECTOR B 07 Q Is the harness wire in good condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Go to Step 17 Repair it CONNECTOR C 57 2 4L ENGINE C 59 3 0L ENGINE R 72 73174 75 76 77 iN 8 79 80 81 82183184
275. ever to the neutral position Loosen the park neutral position switch body mounting bolts and turn the park neutral position switch body so the hole in the end of the manual control lever and the hole section A A in the figure on the left in the flange of the park neutral position switch body flange are aligned NOTE The park neutral position switch body can be aligned by inserting a 5 mm diameter steel bar into the end hole of the manual control lever and the flange hole of the park neu tral position switch body Tighten the park neutral position switch body mounting bolts to the specified torque Be careful at this time that the switch body does not move Tightening torque 11 1 N m 96 8 in Ib Gently push the transaxle control cable in the direction of the arrow until the cable is taut Tighten the adjusting nut Tightening torque 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib Check that the selector lever is in the N position Check that each position of the manual control lever matches each position of the selector lever and using scan tool TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 353 ON VEHICLE SERVICE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL COMPONENT CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CHECK M1231009000151 Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Diagnosis Inspection Procedure Using an Oscilloscope P 13A 560 Refer to GROUP 138 3 0L Engine Diagnosis Inspection Procedure Using an Oscilloscope P 13B
276. fer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 If DTC No 41 is output replace the one way clutch OWC L Refer to GROUP 23B Planetary Gear P 23B 64 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code output again YES The A T diagnostic trouble code may have set due to NO DTC 52 Torque Coverter Clutch System DTC SET CONDITIONS If input shaft speed sensor is abnormal and drive duty rate for the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is 100 percent for continuous period of 4 sec onds or more it is judged that there is an abnormality in the torque converter clutch system and diagnostic trouble code number 52 is output external radio frequency RFI possibly caused by cellular phone activity after market components installed on the vehicle etc The inspection is complete TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of the torque converter clutch sole noid valve Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM e Malfunction of the underdrive clutch DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 227 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting
277. garding road and operating conditions and instantly makes accurate shift control decisions TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E GENERAL DESCRIPTION 23A 9 2 If the computer determines from the driving pat terns that the driver is one who enjoys a relaxed unhurried style it adjusts timing to execute up shifts at a lower engine speed to provide a smooth quiet ride On the other hand if the com puter determines the driver to prefer a sporty ride it adjusts timing to shift up at a higher engine speed to provide more powerful response ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL 1 The computer learns the driving habits and pref erences of each individual driver by processing driving data on engine output tire load foot brake operation etc It then uses this data to adjust shift timing to best suit the driver s style ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL DURING ACCELERATION DRIVER WHO PREFERS RELAXNGRIDE gt 7 DRIVER WHO PREFERS SPORTIER RIDE eee 50 31 100 62 VEHICLE SPEED km h mph 000844 AB 3 If the computer determines that the driver tends to apply the brakes often on a descending road it adjusts timing to down shift sooner so that engine braking is more effectively applied Con versely if the computer determines that the driver does not brake much while driving downhill it delays downshifting to minimize the effect of engine braking ADAPTIVE SHIFT CONTROL ON DOWNGRADES CONVENTIONAL A T NO D
278. he ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is A T diagnostic trouble code numbers 22 or 23 output YES Refer to P 23A 101 code number 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor System or refer to P 23A 115 code number 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor System NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for following items a item 01 Low reverse Solenoid Valve b item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve c item 03 Second Solenoid Valve d item 04 Overdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 3 NO Replace the corresponding solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 TSB Revision 23 220 CONNECTORS 50 lt 2 41 gt 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 61 2 4L ENGINE gt 63 3 0L gt
279. he engine and run at constant speed of 50km h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration The maximum value should be 4 8 volts and more and the minimum value 0 8 volts and less The output waveform should not contain electrical noise 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Is the waveform normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Go to Step 4 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 221 STEP 4 Check connectors B 42 at input shaft speed sensor and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 AC001835AH CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt G 101104 103104 105 106 107 1 1 Xs 108109101111112113114115116117118 119 120 0408 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 5 Check harness for damage between input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 103 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair it 001835
280. he torque converter clutch solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision 23 214 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 40 AN 5950 2X3 02479 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 001975 STEP 9 Check connector B 40 at solenoid valve assembly for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 10 Check the torque converter clutch solenoid valve at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the solenoid valve side 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 7 and 10 Standard value 2 7 3 4 at 20 C 68 Q Is the resistance at the standard value YES Go to Step 11 Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 215 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 2 gt 1 5 6 lt 0 P Pd ACX02479AK HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40
281. heck the overdrive solenoid valve at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the solenoid valve side 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 5 and 9 Standard value 2 7 3 4 at 20 C 68 F Q Is the resistance at the standard value YES Go to Step 11 Replace the overdrive solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 208 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 CONNECTOR B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 gt 1 5 6 lt 0 74 02479 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 9 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 STEP 12 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 FRONT OF VEHICLE A
282. hen fluid temperature is 80 C 176 F resistance should be between 1 0 and 1 2 kiloohm e When fluid temperature is 100 C 212 F resis tance should be between 0 57 and 0 69 kiloohm Q Is the resistance normal YES Go to Step 9 Replace the A T fluid temperature sensor Refer to GROUP 238 Transaxle P 23B 10 TSB Revision 23 76 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 40 AN 5950 2X3 02479 55 CONNECTOR 40 000000 lt 0 010 0 CONNECTOR 40 ACX02105AD STEP 9 Check the power supply voltage at A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and ground e Voltage should be between 4 5 and 4 9 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair harness open circuit between A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 124 STEP 10 Check the continuity at A T control solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Check for the continuity between terminal
283. ints How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 80 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 31 Low Reverse Solenoid Valve System Solenoid Valve System Circuit BATTERY pmi w a T RELAY BOX 09 20A Bu 5 6 07 0801333 H 2 3 45678 d no 1 C2 ONTROL RELAY E 40 62 2 EMBLY VOOY 2 2 2 2 2 UNDER SECOND OVERDRIVE TORQUE LOW AND DRIVE SOLENOID SOLENOID CONVERTER REVERSE SOLENOID 3 VALVE VALVE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE AN 10 CONTROL VALVE B 40 s 4224 SOLENOID 1 1 2 1 1 m 1 VALVE 1 4 m 2 TT B 40 4 0801212 1 i m 3 4 5 6 MU803783 101 1021 103104 105 106 107 Cd ja on 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 Fan erento esee 179 190 gt C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE 120
284. ion meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 31 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 CONNECTOR C 41 E C 41 mew 464 8 9 162535465 56 o EU N AAA 001729 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 59 STEP 31 Check harness for short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 1 Vehicles with sport mode Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Repair harness short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 2 and combination meter connector C 41 terminal 50 Repair it B 41 TSB Revision 23 160 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 32 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4
285. ir or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 STEP 11 Check harness for short circuit to ground or open circuit between dual pressure switch connector A 36 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine terminal 83 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 12 Repair it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 289 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 12 Check the dual pressure switch Refer to GROUP 55 Dual Pressure Switch Check P 55 25 Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 13 Replace the dual pressure switch Refer to GROUP 55A Refrigerant Line P 55 52 STEP 13 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 65 Dual Pressure Switch CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine and run at idle 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item65 Dual Pressure Switch e When the A C is in operation the scan tool display should be ON e When the A C is not in operation the scan tool display should be OFF 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to
286. ive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code output YES Go to Step 14 NO The inspection is complete STEP 14 Replace the valve body 1 Replace the valve body Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle VALVE P 23B 10 ASSEMBLY 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code output YES Go to Step 15 NO The inspection is complete 9 al e W lt 001860 TSB Revision 23 226 SECOND BRAKE REVERSE CLUTCH AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 15 Overhaul the UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH 4 7 i OVERDRIVE CLUTCH 001868 1 Replace the following parts If DTC No 41 No 42 No 43 are output individually or in a group replace the underdrive clutch Refer to GROUP 23B Underdrive Clutch and Input Shaft P 23B 57 If DTC No 43 No 44 are output individually or in a group replace the overdrive clutch Refer to GROUP 23B Reverse and Overdrive Clutch P 23B 59 If DTC No 46 is output replace the reverse clutch Refer to GROUP 23B Reverse and Overdrive Clutch P 23B 59 If DTC No 41 No 46 are output individually or in a group replace the low reverse brake Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 If DTC No 42 No 44 are output individually or in a group replace the second brake Re
287. ive voltage 123 Stoplight switch Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage Brake pedal Depressed 124 A T fluid temperature fluid temperature 20 68 F 3 8 4 0 V A T fluid temperature 40 10492 3 2 3 4 V A T fluid temperature 80 C 176 F 17 1 9 128 Shift indicator light 4th Engine Idling Battery positive voltage Vehicles with sport e Gear range 4th gear 129 Low reverse solenoid Engine Idling Battery positive voltage valve e Selector lever position P Overdrive solenoid Engine Idling Battery positive voltage PCM TERMINAL RESISTANCE AND CONTINUITY INSPECTION CHART TSB Revision M1231013400129 ACX01978AC AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 333 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO 57 124 INSPECTION ITEM fluid temperature sensor NORMAL CONDITION CHECK CONDITION 16 7 20 5 at 0 C 32 F 7 3 8 9 at 20 C 68 F 3 4 4 2 at 40 104 F 1 9 22 at 60 140 1 0 1 2 at 80 176 0 57 0 69 at 100 C 212 INSPECTION PROCEDURE USING AN OSCILLOSCOPE M1231008500131 TERMINAL INSPECTION ITEM INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL NO CONDITION WAVEFORM SAMPLE 45 Crankshaft position Selector lever position Idling Vehicle stopped Waveform A sensor N 103 Input shaft speed Selector lever positi
288. l YES Go to Step 9 NO Go to Step 10 STEP 9 Check connectors C 50 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine gt and C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 08 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check connectors 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 lt 3 01 Engine and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM and B 42 at input shaft speed sensor for damage CONNECTORS C 50 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Are the connectors in good condition C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE YES Go to Step 11 OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 PCM 61 2 4L ENGINE Ch afan 2 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 1213 14 1516117 81162012023 1024125 eelevieslee 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE 129123 242 061407420 4129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG STEP 11 Check the continuity at input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 1 Disc
289. l weight of the engine on the vehicle body 3 0L ENGINE gt 3 4 6 12 2 102 22 in Ib 5 2 88 10 8 73 10 1 65 7 7 ft lb 9 57 7 L C 42 5 ft lb i e PO VEN 30 3 23 2 ft lb c ud qp ee 8 p Q 9 9 Lose BC 83 12 61 9 ft Ib AC001639AE REMOVAL STEPS REMOVAL STEPS Continued 1 TRANSAXLE CONTROL CABLE 6 OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED 2 TRANSAXLE OIL COOLER SENSOR CONNECTOR HOSES lt lt A gt gt 7 STARTER MOTOR 3 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION 8 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY SWITCH CONNECTOR UPPER PART COUPLING 4 CONTROL SOLENOID BOLTS VALVE ASSEMBLY lt lt B gt gt 9 TRANSAXLE MOUNT BRACKET CONNECTOR gt gt lt lt 10 TRANSAXLE MOUNT STOPPER 5 INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR lt lt C gt gt e ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR SUPPORTING TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY 23A 369 N CAUTION Indicates parts which should be temporarily tightened and then fully tightened after placing the vehicle on the ground and loading the full weight of the engine on the vehicle body 73 10 54 7 ft lb 21 40 5 30 3 ft Ib 22 20 lt gt 45 5 34 3 ft lb 44 10 13 33 7 ft lb lt amp 45 5 45 5 N m 34 3 ft lb 34 ft Ib 18 45 10 33 7 ft Ib 29 4 Nm 21 4 ft
290. ld be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode When selector lever position is L voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode When selector lever position is sport mode voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles with sport mode Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 10 NO Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Go to Step 8 Vehicles with sport mode Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 7 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 108 Vehicles without sport mode TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 171 STEP 8 Check harness for damage between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 7 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 108 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 YES Go to Step 9 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 9 Check connectors 27 at inter
291. lve when the second solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision 23 200 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 40 AN 5950 2X3 02479 CONNECTOR 40 AC001964AD STEP 9 Check connector B 40 at solenoid valve assembly for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 STEP 10 Check the second solenoid valve at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the solenoid valve side 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 4 and 9 Standard value 2 7 3 4 at 20 C 68 F Is the resistance at the standard value YES Go to Step 11 NO Replace the second solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 201 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 5 Z 2 000000 E ACX02479AK HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF CONNECTO
292. m 29 Vehicle Speed Signal e Check that the speedometer and scan tool display speed match when driving at a vehicle speed of 40 km h 25 mph 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 302 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18 Shift Switch Assembly System Vehicles with Sport Mode Shift Switch Assembly System Circuit IGNITION SWITCH 1G1 MU801331 1 2 Y 3 4 5 6 111 JUNCTION BLOCK MU801857 7 11213 456 12 7 81 9 1011 12 13 14 LE C 112 E mo K 112 4 8 rz M LITE EIE PARK NEUTRAL T POS
293. mediate connector and C 43 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 3 and combination meter connector C 43 terminal 11 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 CONNECTOR C GONMECTOR N ACO01741AR CONNECTOR C 43 C 43 IE 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 ERIS i LM nj i 001729 AW MS TSB Revision 23 170 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS ST EP 7 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing R position 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001904AD Q Measure the voltage between terminal 108 and ground by backprobing When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is R voltage should be bat tery positive voltage When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is D voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 3 voltage shou
294. mediate connector and C 43 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 7 and combination meter connector C 43 terminal 10 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECTOR C GONMECTOR N ACO01741AR CONNECTOR C 43 C 43 IE 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 ERIS i LM nj i 001729 AW MS TSB Revision 23 172 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 10 Check the switch output voltage at PCM co nnector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing N position C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW psp aos wr 310 120 129 001905 9 Measure the voltage between terminal 121 and ground by backprobing When selector lever position is P voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be bat tery positive voltage When selector lever position is D
295. n is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the sensor output voltage at throttle position sensor connector B 07 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector B 07 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground by backprobing e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 0 535 and 0 735 volts e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 5 and 5 5 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 3 NO Go to Step 7 TSB Revision 23 44 CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE PCM 8 ry 71 7273174 75 76 77 7879808 1 2 5 8687 88 89 lt 9091 926364 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ 7870 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 75 76 77 5 7 as 628394 6586 AC000847AD CONNECTOR B 07 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR C 57 lt
296. n tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch Move the selector lever to R D 3 2 L and sport mode positions to confirm whether the scan tool 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly MB991502 0 252 YES Go to Step 6 Refer to P 23A 136 P 23A 166 diagnostic trouble code number 27 28 Park Neutral position switch system STEP 6 Replace the PCM Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13 Poor Acceleration COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case Malfunction of the engine system e Malfunction of the clutch system and brake sys tem Malfunction of the PCM If acceleration is poor when downshifting occurs while driving a malfunction of the engine system or a brake or clutch may exist TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 275 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS LOW REVERSE BRAKE OIL ORIFICE REVERSE CLUTCH OIL ORIFICE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE OIL ORIFICE OIL ORIFICE 001870 AB DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the engine system 1 Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Diagnosis Symptom Chart Poor acceler
297. nd 0 735 volts e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 5 and 5 5 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 4 NO to Step 8 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 61 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt PCM 8 77 8175 80 81182 5318485 86187 88 89 1 626364 6596 97 98 57 2 4L gt C 59 lt 3 01 gt AC001657AZ 7870 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 75 76 77 5 7 as 628394 6586 AC000847AD CONNECTOR B 07 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt n 1 mtu gt D Oe J Or Or 4 lt gt Nam 122 M 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 x 78 7980 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 4 00 91 929394 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ STEP 4 Check the sensor output v
298. nector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or 63 3 0L Engine terminal 122 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 105 106 107 118 119 120 STEP 28 Check the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 363 Transaxle Control Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 29 NO Replace the shift switch assembly Refer to P 23A 361 Transaxle Control STEP 29 Check connector C 65 at shift switch assembly for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 30 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 322 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L gt OR C 63 3 0L gt 10004 03104 05 106 107 X hos tog tft ref p us pe 119 120 lt 91190194 9428 06091 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 107 ws us poapoa
299. ng mode for item 21 Crankshaft Position Sensor e When the accelerator pedal is not depressed throttle valve is fully closed the display should be 600 to 900 r min e With the accelerator pedal depressed the engine speed display should increase according to engine speed 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM STEP 5 Check connector B 20 at crankshaft position sensor for damage CONNECTOR B 20 9 15 the connector in good condition lt 2 4L ENGINE gt gt YES Go to Step 6 Repair or replace Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 004927 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 90 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check the sensor output voltage at crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 1 Disconnect connector B 20 and measure at the harness CONNECTOR B 20 24LENGINE AM NT mn Mtv 2 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position g 7 20 E lt 3 0LENGINE gt _ QD 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and ground HARNESS e Voltage sh
300. nsor With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in the full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM STEP 7 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR B 07 Q Are the connectors in good condition lt 2 41 ENGINE lt 3 0L ENGINE YES Repair harness open circuit or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 3 and PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine terminal 78 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 CONNECTOR 57 2 4L gt OR C 59 3 0L gt G ul 75 76 77 v N 7879801811828 3184858687 88 89 lt 1 620364 9596 97 98 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ TSB Revision 07 2 4L ENGINE gt 3 0L ENGINE gt AUTOMA
301. o support the engine assembly af C AC001641AB TSB Revision 106451 ve S AC106164AB AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY 23A 371 2 lt Engine hanger MB991895 is used gt 1 Set special tool MB991895 to the front fender mounting bolts A and B and the radiator support upper insulator mounting bolts C and D which are located in the engine compartment as shown 2 Set special tools MB991454 and MB991527 to hold the engine transaxle assembly TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 372 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY D TIE ROD END LOWER ARM DISCONNECTION CAUTION Do not remove the nut from ball joint Loosen it and use special tool MB991897 to avoid possible damage to ball joint threads Hang special tool MB991897 with rope or wire to pre vent them from falling 1 Install the special tool MB991897 as shown in the figure BALL JOINT MB991897 AC106820AB 2 After turning the bolt and knob to adjust the insert arms of Le the special tool MB991897 in parallel tighten the bolt by BOLT hand and confirm that insert arms are parallel NOTE When adjusting the insert arms in parallel turn the knob in the direction shown in the figure BAD 106821 lt lt gt gt DRIVE SHAFT DRIVE SHAFT AND INNER
302. ock cable Q Is the key interlock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 5 NO Install the key interlock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at the LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position STEP 5 Check the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable in good condition YES No action to be taken NO Replace the key interlock cable Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at the LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4 Selector Lever cannot be Moved from P to R Position Smoothly TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT Key interlock cable shift lock cable transaxle control cable lock cam or selector lever assembly may be defective TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of key interlock cable Malfunction of shift lock cable Malfunction of transaxle control cable Malfunction of lock cam Malfunction of selector lever assembly DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable Q Is the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 2 Repair the connection of lock cam and shift lock cable Check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position smoothly STEP 2 Check the
303. od condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L gt YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair it CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt X vA IN 47 48 0 50 51 2 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 C 54 2 4L ENGINE gt C 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 49 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTOR B 07 ACX02093AC HARNESS CONNECTOR B 07 02094 CONNECTORS C 54 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 57 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 3 0L gt _ 4 _ SEES 252 Qe O i 57 2 4L ENGINE oo T OR X L 4114243 C 59 3 0L ENGINE v cupid 1 75 76 77 58 59 60616263 646566 80 81 821831 4 5 8687 88 89 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR 89917 29364 9506 97 98 55 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 14 Check the throttle position sensor 1 Disconnect connector B 07 and measure at the sensor side 2 Measure the resistance b
304. oid Valve 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 03 Second Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the second solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 197 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA 10811091011 fre as uus rne 11718 119 120 y edes 06210 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 1010100 108 104 106 107 noa 104311011201 131 148 15 9 1645 97 18 110 120 12112012 1248125 001210 129 130 61 lt 2 41 gt C 63 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001963 AD CONNECTOR B 40 8 7 Eoo CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt IND d
305. oltage at PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 78 and ground by backprobing e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 0 535 and 0 735 volts e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 5 and 5 5 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 7 STEP 5 Check connectors B 07 at throttle position sensor and C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 62 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle Position Sensor A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Se
306. oltage should 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 3 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is L voltage should be bat tery positive voltage Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 20 Tern the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 6 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 110 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 79 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 20 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 61 Park Neutral Position Switch Move the selector lever to P R D 3 2 L and sport mode positions and confirm the scan tool dis play Vehicles with sport mode is indicated as D on the scan tool 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Po
307. on 23 218 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 28 6 7 8 10121131415 o Po 80 3 5 363 106611 CIRCUIT OPERATION built into the input shaft speed sensor gen erates pulse signal of 0 lt gt 5 volts at both ends of this coil when the input shaft rotates The pulse signal frequency increases with the rise in input shaft speed Both ends of the coil are connected to the PCM terminals 16 and 103 via the input shaft speed sensor connector terminals 1 and 2 e The PCM detects the input shaft speed with the signal input to terminal terminal 103 e A coil built into the output shaft speed sensor generates pulse signal of 0 5 volts at both ends of this coil when the output shaft rotates The pulse signal frequency increases with the rise in output shaft speed Both ends of the coil are connected to the PCM terminals 16 and 104 via the output shaft speed sensor connector terminals 1 and 2 e The PCM detects the output shaft speed with the signal input to terminal terminal 104 CONNECTORS C 111 C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW ROS 5 7 1 7 e e 101121131
308. on Driving at constant speed of Waveform B sensor 3 Vehicles without 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd 104 Output shaft speed sport mode Sport gear 2 4L Engine 1 600 mode Vehicles with 1 900 r min 3 0L Engine sport mode 1 300 1 600 r min 80 Vehicle speed signal Waveform 129 Low reverse solenoid Ignition switch drive each solenoid Waveform D valve Selector lever valve Actuator test 120 Underdrive solenoid position P valve e Engine Stopped Throttle 106 Second solenoid valve Accelerator 130 Overdrive solenoid opening angle Less valve than 1 Volt 107 Torque converter clutch control solenoid Waveform sample WAVEFORM B WAVEFORM D WAVEFORM A WAVEFORM C V E V 60 40 20 0 L ms ms AC001872AE AC001873AD AU ms AC001872AF AC001875AD TSB Revision 23 334 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION TO A T KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS If the key interlock and shift lock mechanisms indi cates a malfunction the key interlock cable the shift lock cable or the selector lever assembly may be defective In this case follow troubleshooting below KEY INTERLOCK AND SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMS DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy If
309. on YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 1 and battery Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 6 Check the continuity at A T control relay connector A 17X 1 Disconnect the A T control relay and measure at the connector side 2 Check for the continuity between terminal 3 and ground e Should be less than 2 ohm Q Is the continuity normal YES Go to Step 7 Repair harness open circuit or damage between A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 3 and the earth TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 237 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS HARNESS CONNECTOR A 17X AC100118AD CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L gt 6 5 48 49505 1525354555657 58 59 60616263 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 43 4456 47 48 850 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 50 60 61 62163 54 65 56 54 2 4L ENGINE OR 55 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC002010AD STEP 7 Check the power supply voltage at A T control relay connector A 17X 1 Disconnect the A T control relay and measure at the connector side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the O
310. on sensor and C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 3 and PCM connector 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine terminal 78 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision 2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 46 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Check connector B 07 at throttle position sensor for damage CONNECTOR B 07 9 15 the connector in good condition 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 8 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 8 Check the continuity at throttle position sensor connector B 07 CONNECTOR B 07 1 Disconnect connector B 07 and measure at the harness 2 4L ENGINE 3 0L ENGINE side 2 Check for the continuity between terminal 1 and ground Should be less than 2 ohm Q Is the continuity normal HARNESS CONNECTOR B 07 YES Go to Step 11 10000 NO Go to Step 9 ACX02096AC STEP 9 Check connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L ENGINE gt OR Is the connector in good condition C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair or replace it
311. on switch connector B 41 terminal 4 and Combination meter C 43 terminal 9 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 CONNECTOR C oS N ACO01741AR CONNECTOR C 43 C 43 E IE 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1e E VE MERGE i LM nj i 001729 AW M TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 95 PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 25 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion NOTE For vehicles with sport mode four positions P R N D are used Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 26 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 26 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 27 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector In
312. on switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine and run at idle 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 65 Dual Pressure Switch e When the A C is in operation the scan tool display should be ON e When the A C is not in operation the scan tool display should be OFF 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check connector A 36 at dual pressure switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 3 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 TSB Revision 23 282 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS HARNESS CONNECTOR A 36 61 5 45 6 7 8 3 10 27 12 HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC102545AB STEP 3 Check the power supply voltage at dual pressure switch connector A 36 1 Disconnect the connector A 36 and measure at the harness side
313. onnect connector B 42 and measure at the harness side AC001835AH 2 Check for the continuity between terminal 1 and ground Should be less than 2 ohm Q Is the continuity normal YES Go to Step 12 Repair harness open circuit or damage between input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine terminal 16 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 42 ACX02128 AE TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 09 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS AC001835AH HARNESS CONNECTOR B 42 02127 CONNECTOR 42 _ B 42 55 CONNECTOR B 42 02126 AE STEP 12 Check the sensor output voltage at input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 1 Disconnect connector B 42 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and ground e Voltage should be between 4 5 and 4 9 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Repair harness open circuit or damage between input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 103 STEP 13 Check the power supply voltage at input shaft speed sensor connector B 42 1 Disconnect connector B 42 and measure at the harness side 2
314. or B 41 A terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 102 Vehicles without sport mode v Repair or replace Refer to GROUP Harness pu 1 ws Connector Inspection 00 2 v4 04109 110 1111191113 114015161117 18 119 120 lt 121 122123 1241125 125127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L gt 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 57 STEP 29 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and PCM connector 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 102 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 YES Go to Step 30 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt pofo pohod fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 0008 08091 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L gt 001657 TSB Revision 2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 58 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 30 Check connectors C 65 at shift switch assembly C 27 at intermediate connector and C 41 at combinat
315. or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is A T diagnostic trouble code number 22 output YES Refer to P 23A 101 code number 22 Input Shaft Speed Sensor System Goto Step 2 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to actuator test mode for item 06 Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 3 Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 TSB Revision 23 228 CONNECTORS 50 lt 2 41 gt 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 61 2 4L ENGINE gt 63 3 0L gt 61 2 4L gt x E 1 2 3 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CES 1
316. or lever position L 1st gear lt Vehicles without sport mode gt Sport valve mode 1st gear lt Vehicles with sport mode gt e Engine Idling 7 e Selector lever position P Park Neutral position Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage Switch N e Selector lever position N e Ignition switch ON e Selector lever position Other than above TSB Revision 2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 332 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS without sport mode e Selector lever operation Other than above Vehicles with sport e Selector lever operation Upshift and mode hold the selector lever Ignition switch ON OV e Selector lever operation Other than above e Ignition switch ON OV e Brake pedal Released mode gt e Engine Idling 0 0 9V e Gear range other than 4th gear e Engine Idling Selector lever position 2 2nd gear lt Vehicles without sport mode gt Sport mode 2nd gear lt Vehicles with sport mode gt 130 valve Selector lever position 3 3rd gear Vehicles without sport mode Sport mode 3rd gear Vehicles with sport mode Engine Idling 7 9V Selector lever position P TERMINAL INSPECTION ITEMS INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL CONDITION NO 122 Park Neutral position Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage switch 2 Vehicles e Selector lever operation 2 gnition switch ON Select switch Up gnition switch ON Battery posit
317. or the continuity between terminal 12 and ground e Should be less than 2 ohm Q Is the continuity normal YES Go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 HARNESS CONNECTOR C 43 AC102538AB STEP 5 Check connectors C 43 at combination meter and C 78 at joint connector 2 for damage Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or harness damage between combination meter connector C 43 terminal 12 and the ground NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 314 5 6 78 1121314 5 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 xx 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 3 13233 lt 4 Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 246 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check connectors C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM C 27 at intermediate connector B 41 Park Neutral position switch connector and C 43 at combination meter for damage CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Are the connectors in good condition C 63 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 Eg 5 fos 1 107 ZIN osos riferimento 119 120 2 0408 129
318. ould be between 4 9 and 5 1 volts CONNECTOR B 20 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 11 NO Go to Step 7 ACX02114AC TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 91 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L gt PCM 8 He faajas ac vA 47 48 49505 1 52 53 54 55 56 57 5 59 60 6162 63 64 65 66 C 54 2 4L gt 55 3 0L gt 001657 42 444546 4950515253546 55657 50 606162 63 646566 C 54 2 4L ENGINE C 55 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001806 AD CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt PCM LA 6 47 48 95051525354 555657 LA 58 59 60616263 64165166 54 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE 001657 CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt 2 4 N fe lt gt Eg 456 48 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60616263 646566 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 7 Check the sensor output voltag
319. ound between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 122 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 164 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS PARK NEUTRAL POSITION PNP amp SWITCH AC004672AC CONNECTOR 41 AC005865 AB 001844 STEP 40 Check the Park Neutral position switch ITEMS TERMINAL SPECIFIED CONDITION CONNECTION OF TESTER 3 8 9 10 Less than 2 ohm 7 8 4 8 9 10 8 Za U oy gt _8 8 8 Check for continuity between terminals for each selector posi tion Q Is the switch operating properly YES Go to Step 41 Replace the Park Neutral position switch Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 44 Check connector B 41 at the Park Neutral position switch for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 42 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 165 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 CONNECTOR C 61 i NO red fe eu Q Lo 7 Li Xe 7 E X 01102 109104 105 106 107 61 nosjogioriusfir pnus 119 120 p 2212
320. oved from P position to R position STEP 6 Check the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the key interlock cable Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position STEP 7 Check the fit of the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 8 NO Install the transaxle control cable correctly Refer to P 23A 358 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position STEP 8 Check the transaxle control cable Q Is the transaxle control cable in good condition YES Repair or replace the selector lever assembly Refer to P 23A 358 and P 23A 361 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position NO Replace the transaxle control cable Refer to P 23A 358 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3 Selector Lever can be Moved from P to R
321. ow to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 249 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS SYMPTOM PROCEDURES INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1 Engine does not Crank COMMENT If the engine does not crank when the selector lever is placed in the P or N position the cause is prob ably a malfunction of the Park Neutral position switch system transaxle control cable assembly engine system torque converter or transaxle oil pump R PARK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH MANUAL CONTROL LEVER 001856 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS most likely causes for this case Malfunction of the Park Neutral position switch e Malfunction of the transaxle control cable assem bly Malfunction of the engine system Malfunction of the torque converter Malfunction of the transaxle oil pump Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check the A T diagnostic trouble code N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Read the A T diagnostic trouble code 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is A T diagnos
322. p 8 5 10 1112 1314 15 17 28 1819120 252627 ng me m 30 31 32333435 36137 gt E 8 20 AUTO CRUISE MUB0 1584 CONTROL ECU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9110111 12 13 14 15 16 W2811M13AA AC102734AB CONNECTOR C 20 pat CONNECTOR C 28 001741 0 cI 1 2 3 4 _16 6 8 51012131145 17 28 1809 0 251262 80131 35 388 106611 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 291 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE LX 75 76 77 iralroleols 18283848586 87 88 89 4 5001 92 9304 0506 97 98 C 57 2 4L ENGINE 59 3 0L ENGINE AC001657AZ CIRCUIT OPERATION When the battery positive voltage from PCM termi nal number 75 is grounded at auto cruise control ECU terminal number 3 the auto cruise control ECU emits an overdrive cancel signal When a mal function of the auto cruise control circuit occurs the transaxle may downshift harshly with the auto cruise control engaged COMMENT A malfunction may be present on the auto cruise sig nal line circuit auto cruise control ECU or the PCM
323. perature becomes 70 to 70 80 C e sensor sensor system 80 158 176 F 158 176 F P 23A 70 P 23A 77 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 21 STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION STANDARD INSPECTION DTC INSPECTION TEST OPERATION ITEM PROCEDURE PAGE 5 Engine Idling Brake pedal Retest Data list No 26 Stoplight 26 Stoplight Selector lever 1 Depressed 1 ON switch switch system position N 2 Released 2 OFF P 23A 129 switch Data list No 65 Dual Vehicle shifts 1 ON 1 ON pressure differently with 2 OFF 2 OFF switch A C engaged P 23A 279 Accelerator pedal Data list No 21 Crankshaft Crankshaft 1 Fully closed 2 Depressed Selector lever position NoD 2NR 1 Engine tachometer and the MUT II shows the same engine speed 2 Gradually rises from 1 Should be no abnormal shift shocks Time delay when position sensor Malfunction when starting engaging should be within 2 seconds i Does not move position sensor system P 23A 83 Engine stalls when moving selector lever from N to D or N to R P 23A 256 Shift shock when shifting from N to D and long delay P 23A 258 Shift shock when shifting from N to R and long delay P 23A 260 Shift shock when shifting from N to D N to R and long delay P 23A 263 Does not move forward P 23A 251 Does not move
324. ph in 4th gear Selector lever Driving at constant REV position R speed of 5 km h 3 1 mph in reverse gear TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 326 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS MUT II SCAN ITEM INSPECTION ITEM INSPECTION REQUIREMENT NORMAL TOOL NO CONDITION DISPLAY SHIFT SW Shift switch Down Ignition switch ON Selector lever OFF DOWN lt Vehicles with sport position D mode gt Selector lever OFF operation Select sport mode Selector lever OFF operation Upshift and hold the selector lever Selector lever operation Downshift and hold the selector lever SHIFT SW Shift switch Up Ignition switch ON Selector lever OFF UP lt Vehicles with sport position D mode gt STOPLIGHT 26 SW Stoplight switch TCC 52 SLIPPAGE Torque converter clutch amount of slippage Ignition switch ON Warming up Selector lever position 3 lt Vehicles without sport mode gt or Sport mode lt Vehicles with sport mode gt Driving at speed of 50 km h 31 mph in 3rd gear Selector lever OFF operation Select sport mode Selector lever ON operation Upshift and hold the selector lever Selector lever OFF operation Downshift and hold the selector lever Brake pedal ON Depressed Brake pedal OFF Released Driving at constant 10 to 10 r min speed of 50 km h 31 mph Release accelerator The value pedal at less than 50 km h 3
325. ponents are damaged the transaxle will need to be removed for inspection Q Dose the torque converter turn freely without any missing or damaged teeth YES Replace the starter and go to Step 5 Replace the torque converter Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 STEP 5 Replace the oil pump Replace the oil pump Oil pump cannot be repaired Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 Confirm that the malfunc tion symptom is eliminated Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO to Step 6 STEP 6 Replace the PCM Q Dose the engine crank when the selector lever is placed in the P or N position YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 251 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2 Does not Move Forward COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case Abnormal line pressure Malfunction of the underdrive solenoid valve Malfunction of the underdrive clutch Malfunction of the valve body Malfunction of the PCM If the vehicle does not move forward when the selec tor lever is shifted from to D 2 or L range while the engine is idling the cause is probably abnormal line pressure or a malfunction of the under drive clutch or valve body DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 02 Un
326. pply Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage 78 Throttle position sensor Ignition switch ON check de 0 6 0 8 V for smooth voltage increase Wide open 4 5 5 5 V as throttle is moved from idle throttle position to wide open throttle 80 Vehicle speed signal Measure between terminals 80 and Refer to P 23A 333 ground with an oscilloscope Inspection Procedure e Engine 2 000 r min Using an Oscilloscope e Selector lever position 3 3rd gear Vehicles without sport mode Sport mode 3rd gear Vehicles with sport mode 89 Solenoid valve power _ Ignition switch LOCK OFF OV supply Ignition switch ON Battery positive voltage 97 Ground Always OV TSB Revision 23 330 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 INSPECTION ITEMS INSPECTION REQUIREMENT Park Neutral position gnition switch LOCK OFF switch P e Selector lever position P Ignition switch LOCK OFF e Selector lever position Other than above Park Neutral position gnition switch LOCK OFF switch D e Selector lever position D Ignition switch LOCK OFF e Selector lever position Other than above Measure between terminals 57 and 103 with an oscilloscope Engine 2 000 r min Selector lever position 3 3rd gear Vehicles without sport mode Sport mode 3rd gear Vehicle with sport Input shaf
327. r C 12 terminal 4 and dual pressure switch connector A 36 terminal 1 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 12 106628 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 286 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 9 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 57 2 4L Engine or C 59 3 0L Engine by backprobing CONNECTOR C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 41 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE 2 Start the engine and run at idle 3 Operate the A C 9 ry 71 72 7374 75 76 77 8 79180181182183184 85 86 87 88 89 lt 901 26364 6596 97 98 57 2 4L gt C 59 3 0L gt AC001657AZ 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 83 and ground by backprobing e When the is in operation the voltage should be bat tery positive voltage e When the is not in operation the voltage should be 0 5 volt or less C 57 2 4L ENGINE OR 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 21 9 15 the voltage normal SIDE MEW YES Go to Step 14 002096 Go to Step 10 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 287 STEP 10
328. r connector B 38 terminal 2 CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the harness wire in good condition C 63 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 4 Repair it 03104 fios 106 107 7 108109110132 113 141571611714 119 120 9408 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 HEY i No v AC001837Al TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 121 CONNECTORS C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR C 52 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 61 2 4L ENGINE gt C 63 3 0L gt PCM 61 2 4L ENGINE S 1 P di A 1 o E aE Glan 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 81162012023 deales 826 30318283 3435 119 120 C 50 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR 129123 242 061427420 4129 130 52 3 0L ENGINE AC001657BG OSCILLO SCOPE C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 3 4 5 10 1112131415 5 1718 19 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 52 3 0L gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC100052AE NORMAL WAVEFORM V 5 02131 AD
329. r is at the R range Check if the hydraulic pres sure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Q Is the hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 4 NO Go to Step 9 STEP 4 Check the hydraulic pressure for low reverse brake Measure the hydraulic pressure for low reverse brake when the selector lever is at the R range Check if the hydraulic pres sure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Q Is the hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 5 NO to Step 9 TSB Revision 23 262 REVERSE CLUTCH OIL ORIFICE S Sap ORIFICE _ BRAKE OIL m amp i AC001862AB 001863 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the reverse clutch system and low reverse brake system 1 Remove the valve body cover and valve Refer to P 23A 366 Transaxle Assembly and GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Blow 108 kPa 15 psi compressed air into the reverse clutch oil orifice of the transaxle case and check if the reverse clutch piston moves and air pressures are maintained in that condition Repeat for the low reverse brake Q Are both air pressures maintained YES Go to Step 10 NO to Step 6 STEP 6 Check the reverse clutch and low reverse brake
330. r lever position is D voltage should be bat tery positive voltage When selector lever position is 3 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less lt Vehicles without sport mode gt When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less lt Vehicles without sport mode gt When selector lever position is L voltage should be 0 5 volt or less lt Vehicles without sport mode gt When selector lever position is sport mode voltage should be 0 5 volt or less lt Vehicles with sport mode gt Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 20 lt Vehicles with sport mode gt Go to Step 17 lt Vehicles without sport mode gt NO Tern the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Go to Step 14 lt Vehicles with sport mode gt Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 102 lt Vehicles without sport mode gt TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 75 STEP 14 Check harness for damage between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 102 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 7 YES Go to Step 15 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 11
331. replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 16 Check connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Is the harness connector in good condition YES Go to Step 17 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision 23 96 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 20 2 4L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR B 20 lt 3 0L ENGINES CONNECTOR 50 2 4L gt OR C 52 3 0L gt c LI cg e 1 2 s 4 s e 7 8 9 10 1111213 14 15 16 17 18192021223 2 25 26272823 30318233 345 50 2 4L ENGINE 52 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 17 Check harness for short circuit to ground between crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 lt 3 01 Engine terminal 16 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 4 Repair it TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 97 CONNECTORS C 50 2 4L ENGINE OR 52 3 0L gt C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE gt 7 A
332. replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 STEP 10 Check the underdrive solenoid valve at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the solenoid valve side 2 Measure the resistance between terminal 3 and 9 Standard value 2 7 3 4 at 20 C 68 F Is the resistance at the standard value YES Go to Step 11 NO Replace the underdrive solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 94 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 11 Check the power supply voltage at solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 CONNECTOR B 40 1 Disconnect connector B 40 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 gt 1 5 6 lt 0 74 02479 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 9 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 40 STEP 12 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 9 and A T control relay connector A 17X terminal 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OO
333. round between solenoid valve assembly connector B 40 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 106 CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 6 pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 34 Overdrive Solenoid Valve System Solenoid Valve System Circuit Refer to P 23A 180 CIRCUIT OPERATION Refer to P 23A 180 DTC SET CONDITIONS If the resistance value for a solenoid valve circuit is greater than 3 5 Q for 4 seconds or less than 2 6 for 4 seconds it is judged that there is a short circuit or an open circuit in the solenoid valve and the diag nostic trouble code number 34 is displayed The transmission is locked into 3rd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Replace the PCM Repair it TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of underdrive solenoid valve e Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 203 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS S
334. rs in good condition lt 2 4L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Repair harness open circuit or damage between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 57 NO Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection P OOE 2 CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt PCM 8 X 5 6 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 67 CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 4L gt OR 55 3 0L gt PCM He IN 48 49505 1525354555657 58 59 60616263 646566 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 07 2 4L ENGINE gt 3 0L ENGINE gt STEP 16 Check connector C 54 lt 2 41 Engine 55 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 STEP 17 Check connector B 07 at throttle position sensor for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to
335. ry terminal and terminal number 3 of A T control relay connector A 17X to the negative battery terminal 3 Measure the resistance between terminal 1 and 4 of A T control relay connector A 17X e Should be than 2 ohm when the jumper wire connected Open circuit when the jumper wire disconnected Q Is the resistance normal AC100113AG YES Go to Step 3 NO Replace the A T control relay STEP 3 Check connector A 17X at A T control relay for damage Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF TSB Revision 23 236 17 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS AC102525AB HARNESS CONNECTOR B 17X AC102526AB STEP 4 Check the power supply voltage at A T control relay connector A 17X 1 Disconnect the A T control relay and measure at the connector side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 1 and ground e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 6 Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Check connector C 07 at intermediate connector for damage Q Is the connector in good conditi
336. s On completion start the engine and check that there are no leaks around the plugs STANDARD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST SELECTOR LEVER POSITION MEASUREMENT CONDITION STANDARD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE MPa psi SHIFT UNDERDRIV REVERSE OVERDRIVE LOW SECOND TORQUE POSITION E CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH PRESSURE PRESSURE PRESSURE UD RV OD Reverse 2 500 REVERSE BRAKE PRESSURE LR FE 1 77 185 BRAKE PRESSURE 2ND CONVERTER PRESSURE DR TSB Revision 23 28 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS MEASUREMENT CONDITION SELECTOR LEVER POSITION L Vehicles without sport mode or Sport mode Vehicles with sport mode 2 Vehicles without sport mode or Sport mode Vehicles with sport mode 3 Vehicles without sport mode or Sport mode Vehicles with sport mode D Vehicles without sport mode or Sport mode Vehicles with sport mode SHIFT POSITION 1stgear 12 500 1 01 1 05 147 152 2nd gear 2 500 1 01 1 05 147 152 4th gear 2 500 STANDARD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE MPa psi UNDERDRIV E CLUTCH PRESSURE UD REVERSE CLUTCH PRESSURE OVERDRIVE CLUTCH PRESSURE LOW REVERSE BRAKE PRESSURE LR 1 01 1 05 147 152 SECOND BRAKE PRESSURE 2ND 1 01 1 05 147 152 TORQUE CONVERTER PRESSURE DR 0 50 0
337. s Connector Inspection 00 2 CONNECTOR 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt 5 6 E IN 47 9505 1 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61162163 64165166 E C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR C 55 3 0L ENGINE 001657 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L ENGINE gt 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR C 54 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 55 3 0L gt PCM 6 7 456 vA 47 48 5 52 53 54 55 56 57 E 58 59 60616263 646566 54 2 4L ENGINE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 07 lt 2 41 gt 3 0L ENGINE gt 07 HARNESS SIDE VIEW 0000 001790 23 65 STEP 12 Check harness for short circuit to ground between throttle position sensor connector B 07 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 54 2 4L Engine or C 55 3 0L Engine terminal 46 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 6 Repair it STEP 13 Check the ground voltage at throttle position sensor connector B 07 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector B 07 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measur
338. se clutch Measure the hydraulic pressure for reverse clutch when the selector lever is at the R range and check if the hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Q Is the hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 3 Go to Step 5 STEP 3 Check the hydraulic pressure for low reverse brake Measure the hydraulic pressure for low reverse brake when the selector lever is at the R range and check if the hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Q Is the hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5 TSB Revision 23 254 Cron NTT E REVERSE CLUTCH OIL ORIFICE ORIFICE _ BRAKE OIL amp i 001862 ASSEMBLY 9 A cM P 4 SEI E D C ia al 3 5 AEN tif H AR 452 9 L 001860 LOW REVERSEBRAKE 001863 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the reverse clutch system and low reverse brake system 1 Remove the valve body cover and valve Refer to P 23A 366 Transaxle Assembly and GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Blow 108 kPa
339. se is probably abnormal line pressure or a malfunction of the power train oil pump or valve body VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY 001860 004468 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this case Abnormal line pressure Malfunction of the power train Malfunction of the oil pump Malfunction of the valve body Low fluid level Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the hydraulic pressure Measure the hydraulic pressure of each element when the transaxle is in 1st 2nd or reverse Check if each hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test If some elements are within the stan dard value and some are not recheck the symptom Q Are all pressures within the standard value YES Check fluid level and condition If not OK repair or replace as necessary then recheck symptom If OK go to Step 3 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23 Valve Body 23 74 Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom If the symptom is not eliminated go to Step 4 STEP 3 Check the transaxle power train components Disassemble the transaxle and check the planetary carrier and
340. se signal at both ends of this coil when the input shaft rotates The pulse signal fre quency increases with a rise in input shaft speed Both ends of the coil are connected to the PCM terminals 16 and 103 via the input shaft speed sensor connector terminals 1 and 2 e The PCM detects the input shaft speed by the signal input to terminal 103 e The input shaft speed sensor generates the pulse signal as the teeth of the underdrive clutch retainer pass the magnetic tip of the sensor CONNECTORS C 111 C 112 JUNCTION BLOCK FRONT VIEW ROS 5 7 101111211314 106814 SET CONDITIONS If no output pulse is detected from the input shaft speed sensor for one second or more while driving in 3rd or 4th gear at a speed of 30 km h 19 mph or more it is judged to be an open circuit or short circuit in the input shaft speed sensor circuit If diagnostic trouble code number 22 is output four times the transaxle is locked into 3rd gear or 2nd gear as a fail safe measure and the N range light flashes once per second TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Malfunction of the input shaft speed sensor circuit Malfunction of the underdrive clutch retainer Damaged harness connector Malfunction of the PCM DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II
341. shift switch assembly connector C 65 terminal 2 and combination meter connector C 41 terminal 50 NO Repair it STEP 17 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 by backprobing 3 position Vehicles without sport mode Measure the voltage between terminal 109 and ground by backprobing e When selector lever position is P voltage should be 0 5 volt or less e When selector lever position is R voltage should be 0 5 volt or less e When selector lever position is N voltage should be 0 5 volt or less e When selector lever position is D voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 3 voltage should be bat tery positive voltage When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is L voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 18 Tern the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 5 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 109 TSB Revision 23 178 61 HARNESS SIDE VIEW 01908 foafoa 5106 107 hohes ito epos os pompa 110 120 121129123 99 04204 129 130 C 61 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 001946 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 18 Check the
342. should be ON e When the brake pedal is not depressed the display should be OFF 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the switch operating properly YES This malfunction may be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision 23 136 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 27 Park Neutral Position Switch System Open Circuit PARK N POSITI MU802355 MU803783 Park Neutral Position Switch System Circuit Vehicles without Sport Mode gt IGNITION 161 JUNCTION BLOCK SWIT MU801331 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 0801857 3 g Mek 1011 18 13 14 mi 1 2 ala 5 16 67 8 19111213114 15 17 28 2055953542526 27 29 38 3031 4 5 3637 1 EUTRAL ON SWITCH B 41 6066090 2 2 WOE 3 6 2 5 1 4 7 3 O gt 21641 r1 Ow lt zd ix C AS e 1 4 lm 045 1 4 C5 gt m
343. signal is initially monitored the PCM decides that a malfunction has occurred and records the occur rence as a diagnostic trouble code There are 24 Vehicles without sport mode or 25 Vehicles with sport mode diagnostic items The diagnostic results can be read with a scan tool Diagnostic trouble codes are kept in memory by direct battery feed The codes are retained in memory even if the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF position Diagnostic trouble codes will however be erased when a bat tery terminal or the PCM connector is disconnected In addition the diagnostic trouble code can also be erased by the scan tool MUT II MB991502 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 6 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS NOTE If a sensor is disconnected when the ignition The 24 Vehicles without sport mode or 25 lt Vehi switch is in the ON position a diagnostic trouble cles with sport mode diagnostic items are displayed code is memorized In this case erase the DTC in numeric order using the scan tool HOW TO READ AND ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Required Special Tools MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 NOTE If the battery positive voltage is low diagnostic trouble codes will not be output Check the battery if the scan tool can not
344. spection P OOE 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 1 56 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 27 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine by backprobing CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the selector lever to the D position 8 101104 103104 105 106 107 vA hos tog tofu fries adus rne 11718 119 120 lt fedes 62104 129 10 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 102 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 12 Go to Step 28 C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR C 63 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS 4 SIDE VIEW AC001906AD STEP 28 Check connector 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage CONNECTOR 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR Q Is the connector in good condition 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt YES Go to Step 29 lt Vehicles with sport mode gt Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connect
345. speed 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 TSB Revision S AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 86 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using the oscilloscope check the waveform at crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 1 Do not disconnect connector B 20 CONNECTOR B 20 3 20 f CONNECTOR 20 E 3 0L ENGINE gt 004927 2 Connect oscilloscope probe to crankshaft position sensor connector B 20 terminal 2 by backprobing OSCILLOSCOPE 3 With the gear selector lever in the P position start the B 20 CONNECTOR engine and run at idle HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001805 AC TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 87 NORMAL WAVEFORM lt 2 4L ENGINE gt 2 ENGINE REVOLUTIONS lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 2 ENGINE REVOLUTIONS 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration The maximum value should be 4 8 volts and more and the minimum value 0 6 volts and less 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Is the waveform normal YES Go to Step 3 NO
346. stem Then check the symptom STEP 9 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and the valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 10 ASSEMBLY Mil 1 i er gt OW a Li AH 001860 STEP 10 Replace the Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8 Shift Shock when Shifting from N to D N to R and Long Delay COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely If abnormal shock or delay of two seconds or more causes for this code to be set occurs when the selector lever is moved from N to e Abnormal line pressure D range and from N to R range while the engine Malfunction of the oil pump is idling the cause is probably abnormal line pres e Malfunction of the valve body sure or a malfunction of the oil pump or valve body Malfunction of the PCM TSB Revision 23 264 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 001865 Li B rao ay K 001860
347. switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 by backprobing 2 position Vehicles without sport mode Measure the voltage between terminal 122 and ground by backprobing Q When selector lever position is P voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is D voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 3 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be bat tery positive voltage When selector lever position is L voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 19 Tern the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 122 STEP 19 Check the switch output voltage at PCM connector C 61 by backprobing L position Vehicles without sport mode Measure the voltage between terminal 110 and ground by backprobing e When selector lever position is P voltage should be 0 5 Q volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is D v
348. symptom using the Road Test 8 If DTC is set again go to Inspection Chart for Diagnostic Trouble Codes 9 If DTC is not set again the malfunction is intermittent For information on how to cope with intermittent malfunctions refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 10 After repairs are completed conduct a Road Test duplicating the complaint set conditions to confirm the malfunction has been eliminated A T DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DIAGNOSIS M1231007700154 CHECK N RANGE LIGHT VEHICLES WITH SPORT MODE The N range light flashes once per second if there is an abnormality in any of the items in the table below which are related to the A T system Check for diagnostic trouble codes if the N range light is flashing once per second 7 J range light flashing items 0 1000 Input shaft speed sensor Output shaft speed sensor AC001816 Each solenoid valve Gear incorrect ratio A T control relay system N CAUTION If the N range light is flashing twice per second it means that the A T fluid temperature is too high Stop the vehicle in a safe place and wait until the N range light switches off ON BOARD DIAGNOSTICS The powertrain control module PCM monitors its input output signals some signals all the time and others under specified conditions When an irregular
349. t 001657 7 57 2 4L ENGINE OR C 59 3 0L ENGINE CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW OSCILLO SCOPE PROBE AC001954AD NORMAL WAVEFORM V 12 F3 0 I L ms AC102347AB CONNECTOR C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt PCM 72 75 76 77 ES 78 79 80 81 82 83 84185 86 87 88 89 9091 62364 95 96 97 98 57 2 4L gt C 59 lt 3 01 gt AC001657AZ STEP 3 Using an oscilloscope check the waveform at PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt 1 Do not disconnect connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Connect an oscilloscope probe to PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 80 by backprobing 3 Start the engine 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration when running the vehicle 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the waveform normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Go to Step 5 STEP 4 Check connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt at PCM for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DI
350. t 3 Press in the torque converter to the transaxle side so that the torque converter does not stay engaged to the drive plate 4 Remove the transaxle assembly lower bolts and lower the transaxle assembly INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt lt lt TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION Inserting the torque converter into the transaxle oil pump so that the shown dimension is approximately 12 2 mm 0 48 inch lt 2 41 gt approximately 9 4 mm 0 37 inch 3 0L ENGINE gt Install the transaxle assembly to the engine gt gt B lt lt TRANSAXLE MOUNT STOPPER INSTALLATION Install the transaxle mount stopper so that the arrow mark points as shown in the illustration TSB Revision 7 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 374 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS M1231012400137 ITEMS Key interlock and shift lock mechanisms Key interlock cable Shift lock cable Transaxle assembly Bell housing cover 2 4L engine Centermember assembly Drive plate bolt Drive shaft and inner shaft 3 0L engine Lower arm connection Park neutral position switch mounting bolt Rear roll stopper bracket Starter motor Starter cover mounting bolt 2 4L engine Stabilizer link connection Tie rod end connection SPECIFICATIONS 12 2 N m 102 22 in Ib 12 2 N m 102 22 6 engine 8 8 1 0 N m 78 8 in Ib transaxle 26 4 19 3 ft lb Frot 93 15
351. t Circuit or P 23A 51 code number 12 Throttle Position Sensor System Open Circuit NO Go to Step 2 TSB Revision 23 60 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 07 2 4L gt 3 0L ENGINE B 07 CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 001548 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 11 Throttle Position Sensor 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to data reading mode for item 11 Throttle Position Sensor e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 535 and 735 mV e With the throttle valve in full open position voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Step STEP 3 Check the sensor output voltage at throttle position sensor connector B 07 by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector B 07 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 3 and ground by backprobing e With the throttle valve in idle position voltage should be between 0 535 a
352. t constant speed of 50km h 31mph Gear range 3rd gear 4 Check the waveform e The waveform should show a pattern similar to the illus tration The maximum value should be 4 8 volts and more and the minimum value 0 8 volts and less The output waveform should not contain electrical noise 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Is the waveform normal YES Go to Step 13 NO Goto Step 9 TSB Revision 23 224 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 9 Check connectors B 38 at output shaft speed sensor and C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR B 38 Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Go to Step 10 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROUP Harness Connector Inspection 2 AC001837Al C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt p dd Puma CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 26 A 105 106 107 115116117 118 119 120 126121128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 001657 STEP 10 Check harness for damage between output shaft speed sensor connector B 38 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 104 CONNECTOR B 38 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 11 Repair
353. t four times the A T control relay is turned off and for vehicles with sport mode N range light flashes The transaxle will only operate in 3rd and reverse gears until the system is repaired Switch the A T control relay off and for vehicles with sport mode N range light flashes The transaxle will only operate in 3rd and reverse gears until the system is repaired Switch the A T control relay off The transaxle will only operate in 3rd and reverse gears until the system is repaired TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 19 ROAD TEST M1231007800162 Check by the following procedures STEP CONDITION BEFORE TEST OPERATION STANDARD INSPECTION DTC INSPECTION TEST OPERATION ITEM PROCEDURE PAGE 1 Ignition switch Ignition switch Data list No 54 Control 54 A T Control LOCK OFF 1 ON 1 Control relay relay system Relay Voltage output P 23A 233 V voltage 2 Ignition switch Selector lever position Data list No 61 Park AT Park Neutral ON Vehicles without sport 1 P 2 3 Neutral 28 position switch Engine Stopped mode gt N 4 D 5 3 position system P 23A Selector lever 1 2 R 3 4 D 5 6 2 7 switch 136 P 23A position P 3 6 2 7 L 166 Selector lever position Data list No 61 lt Vehicles with sport 1 P 2 R 3 mode gt 4 D 1 P 2 R 3 4 D Selector lever position Data list No
354. t scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The range light in the combination meter flushes 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Does the N range light flush YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the N range light bulb 1 Remove the combination meter Refer to GROUP 54A Chassis Electrical Combination Meters Assembly and Vehicle Speed Sensor P 54A 105 2 Check the N range light bulb Q Is the bulb in good condition YES Go to Step 3 Replace the range light bulb Refer to GROUP 54A Chassis Electrical Combination Meters Assembly and Vehicle Speed Sensor P 54A 105 STEP 3 Check connector C 43 at combination meter for damage CONNECTOR C 43 Q Is the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 4 BHEDEBEE Repair or replace Refer to GROUP 00 Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 245 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the continuity at combination meter connector C 43 1 Disconnect connector C 43 and measure at the harness side 2 Check f
355. t speed sensor mode Measure between terminals 57 and 104 with an oscilloscope Engine 2 000 r min Selector lever position 3 3rd gear Vehicles without sport mode Sport mode 3rd gear Vehicle with sport mode Output shaft speed sensor mode Engine Idling e Gear range other than 1st gear Second solenoid valve e Engine Idling e Selector lever position 2 2nd gear lt Vehicles without sport mode gt Sport mode 2nd gear lt Vehicles with sport mode gt e Engine Idling e Selector lever position P Torque converter clutch Engine Idling solenoid valve e Selector lever position L 1st gear Vehicles without sport mode Sport mode 1st gear Vehicles with sport mode Park Neutral position Ignition switch ON switch R e Selector lever position R gnition switch ON e Selector lever position Other than above NORMAL CONDITION OV Battery positive voltage 0 Refer to P 23A 333 Inspection Procedure Using an Oscilloscope Refer to P 23A 333 Inspection Procedure Using an Oscilloscope 0 0 9V Shift indicator light 1st Engine Idling Battery positive voltage Vehicles with sport e Gear range 1st gear Battery positive voltage 7 9V Battery positive voltage OV Battery positive voltage TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 331
356. termittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the ground voltage at PCM connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing 1 Do not disconnect connector C 54 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 55 lt 3 0L Engine gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 57 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be 0 5 volt or less 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 72 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check connector C 54 2 4L Engine or 55 lt 3 0L Engine at PCM for damage CONNECTOR C 54 2 4L ENGINE OR Q Is the connector in good condition C 55 3 0L ENGINE YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 PCM He falaslac 48 0 0 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60616263 646566 54 lt 2 41 ENGINE 55 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 STEP 4 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list 15 AIT Fluid Temperature Sensor CAUTION prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB99150
357. the oil seal N Malfunction of the torque converter clutch solenoid Malfunction of the torque converter pressure control valve Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Incorrect transaxle control cable adjustment Malfunction of the manual valve Malfunction of check ball Incorrect valve body installation TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 31 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS OIL SEAL LAYOUT 006024 AB TSB Revision 23 32 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT lt 4 gt PARKING AND NEUTRAL 1231008800046 LINE PRESSURE OIL PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH PRESSURE REVERSE CLUTCH LOW REVERSE BRAKE SECOND BRAKE UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OVERDRIVE CLUTCH ACCUMULATOR CHECK BALL TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH FAIL SAFE VALVE A FAIL SAFE VALVE B TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE SWITCH VALVE FLUID COOLER LUBRICATION LOW REVERSE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SECOND PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE X1522CA TORQUE CONVERTER AND LUBRICATION PRESSURE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE OVERDRIVE PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE LOW REVERSE SOLENOID VALVE SECOND SOLENOID VALVE UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID VALVE OVERDRIVE SOLENOID VAL
358. the selector lever push button Shifting from P Not depressed position ACC position to other positions is not possible 2 Brake pedal Push in the selector lever push button Shifting from P Depressed position to other positions smoothly is possible 3 Brake pedal Push in the selector lever push button Shifting from R Not depressed position to P position smoothly is possible 2 When the above operations are defective adjust the shift lock cable as follows 1 Remove the floor console Refer to GROUP 524A Floor Console 52 8 2 Shift selector lever to P position 3 Loosen the locking nut of shift lock cable 4 Tighten the locking nut so that the end of the shift lock cable comes above the red marking of the lock cam 5 Install the floor console 3 After adjusting check the operation once more If the operation is still incorrect replace the shift lock cable Refer to P 23A 363 TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 358 TRANSAXLE CONTROL TRANSAXLE CONTROL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION N CAUTION When removing and installing the transmission control cable and shift lock cable unit be careful not to hit the SRS ECU M1231006600165 Pre removal and Post installation Operation Air Cleaner Assembly Removal and Installation Refer to GROUP 15 P 15 6 e Battery and Battery Tray Removal and Installation Refer to GROUP 54 54 8 e Front
359. the shift lock cable in good condition YES No action to be taken Replace the shift lock cable Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is released with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can not be moved from P position to R position INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2 Selector Lever cannot be Moved from P to R Position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at any Position Other than LOCK OFF Position TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT Selector lever assembly shift lock cable key inter lock cable transmission control cable or lock cam may be defective TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of selector lever assembly Malfunction of shift lock cable Malfunction of key interlock cable Malfunction of transmission control cable Malfunction of lock cam DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Check the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable Q Is the connection of lock cam and key interlock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the connection of lock cam and shift lock cable When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position STEP 2 Check the connection of selector lever assembly and shift transaxle control cable Q Is the connection of selector lever assembly and shift transaxle control cable in good condi
360. thout sport mode or Sport mode Vehicles with sport mode Vehicle stopped Driving at constant 50 km h 31 speed of 50 km h 31 mph mph TSB Revision 23 328 ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS M1231008200130 MUT II SCAN TOOL DISPLAY 1st SHIFT LMP 2nd SHIFT LMP 2ND SOL 3rd SHIFT LMP 4th SHIFT LMP A T RELAY L R SOL O D SOL TCC SOL U D SOL ITEM NO 01 Low reverse solenoid valve 04 Overdrive solenoid valve 02 INSPECTION ITEM 1st indicator light Vehicles with sport mode 2nd indicator light Vehicles with sport mode Second solenoid valve 3rd indicator light Vehicles with sport mode 4th indicator light Vehicles with sport mode control relay Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Underdrive solenoid valve TEST CONTENT Illuminate each indicator light for three to the signal from the MUT II Drive the solenoid valve specified by the scan tool MUT II at 50 duty for five seconds No other solenoid valve should be energized Illuminate each indicator light for three to the signal from the MUT II Control relay is OFF for three seconds Drive the solenoid valve specified by the scan tool MUT II at 50 duty for five seconds No other solenoid valve should be energized INSPECTION REQUIREMENT e Ignition switch O
361. tic trouble code numbers 27 or 28 displayed YES Refer to P 23A 136 P 23A 166 code number 27 28 Park Neutral Position Switch System Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Check the transaxle control cable assembly Move the selector lever to each position The manual control lever position of the Park Neutral position switch should match the selector lever position Q Is the manual control lever position correct YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair the transaxle control cable Refer to P 23A 352 Park Neutral Position Switch and Control Cable Adjustment Retest the system to verify the repair TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 250 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 001857 001858 3 Refer to GROUP 13A 2 4L Engine Diagnosis Trouble Symptom Chart Starting P 13A 25 or GROUP 13B 3 0L Engine Diagnosis Trouble Symptom Chart Starting P 13B 26 Q Are the engine checks satisfactory YES Go to Step 4 Repair or replace the defective engine components STEP 4 Check the torque converter 1 Remove the starter 2 Turn the torque converter and check for a binding or sticking condition Check the ring gear for damaged or missing teeth NOTE Since the torque converter drives the oil pump turn ing the torque converter also checks for a binding oil pump If either of these com
362. tion YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair the connection of selector lever assembly and shift transaxle control cable When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position STEP 3 Check the fit of the shift lock cable Q Is the shift lock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 4 Install the shift lock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position TSB Revision 23 336 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE A T FAULTY OPERATION PREVENTION MECHANISM DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the shift lock cable Q Is the shift lock cable in good condition YES Go to Step 5 Replace the shift lock cable Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be moved from P position to R position STEP 5 Check the fit of the key interlock cable Q Is the key interlock cable installed correctly YES Go to Step 6 NO Install the key interlock cable correctly Refer to P 23A 363 When the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition key at other positions than LOCK OFF position check that the selector lever can be m
363. tion of check ball Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Malfunction of the oil seal A Malfunction of the oil seal B Malfunction of the oil seal C Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Malfunction of the oil seal D Malfunction of the oil seal E Malfunction of the oil seal F Malfunction of the overdrive solenoid valve Malfunction of the overdrive pressure control valve Malfunction of check ball Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 30 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE Only low reverse brake hydraulic pressure is abnormal Only second brake hydraulic pressure is abnormal Only torque converter pressure is abnormal Pressure applied to element which should not receive pressure Malfunction of the oil seal I Malfunction of the oil seal J Malfunction of the low reverse solenoid valve Malfunction of the low reverse pressure control valve Malfunction of the switch valve Malfunction of the fail safe valve A Malfunction of check ball Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Malfunction of the oil seal G Malfunction of the oil seal H Malfunction of the oil seal O Malfunction of the second solenoid valve Malfunction of the second pressure control valve Malfunction of the fail safe valve B Clogged orifice Incorrect valve body installation Clogged oil cooler Malfunction of
364. tool MB991502 check data list item 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool 991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the data reading mode for item 23 Output Shaft Speed Sensor e When driving at constant speed of 50km h 31mph the display should be 1 600 1 900 r min 2 4L Engine 1 300 1 600 r min 3 0L Engine Gear range 3rd gear 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES This malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 119 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 3 0L gt 8 fos 1 107 QN 94161611108 119 120 y 408 62104 129 10 61 lt 2 41 ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE gt 001657 C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC001811AD CONNECTOR C 61 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR
365. tor test mode for item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair or replace the underdrive solenoid valve Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body P 23B 74 Then confirm that the symptom is eliminated STEP 2 Check when shock occurs Q When does the shock occur When engaging from N to D Go to Step 3 When the vehicle starts moving Go to Step 6 STEP 3 Check the hydraulic pressure for underdrive clutch Measure the hydraulic pressure for underdrive clutch when the selector lever is shifted from N to D range Check if the hydraulic pressure is within the standard value Refer to P 23A 26 Hydraulic Pressure Test Q Is the hydraulic pressure within the standard value YES Go to Step 4 NO Go toStep 8 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 259 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS UNDERDRIVE CLUTCH OIL ORIFICE DEREN REGE CIS 001861 STEP 4 Check the underdrive clutch system 1 Remove the valve body cover and valve body Refer to P 23A 366 Transaxle Assembly and GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Blow 108 kPa 15 psi compressed air into the underdrive clutch oil orifice of the transaxle case and che
366. ubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 NO Replace the PCM STEP 12 Check the relay output voltage at PCM connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 lt 3 0L Engine gt by backprobing CONNECTOR C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 1 Do not disconnect connector C 57 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 59 C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt lt 3 0L gt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position PCM 9 A 0091 929394 9596 97 98 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt AC001657AZ 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 77 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage C 57 lt 2 4L ENGINE gt OR C 59 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW 4 Measure the voltage between terminal 89 and ground by backprobing e Voltage should be battery positive voltage 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 11 Go to Step 13 75 76 aa Bojen 6263164 6526 ov 98 57 lt 2 41 gt C 59 3 0L ENGINE gt CONNECTOR HARNESS SIDE VIEW AC002012AD TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23A 240 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP
367. uld be the 101 R range drive at constant same as the gear speed of 10 km h 6 2 ratio when mph reversing 23 Output shaft speed sensor system P 23A 115 46 Reverse gear incorrect ratio P 23A 217 TORQUE CONVERTER STALL TEST M1231005400157 This test measures the maximum engine speed when the selector lever is at the D or R position and the torque con REVERSE eed TORQUE verter stalls This tests the operation of the torque converter CLUTCH CONVERTER stator and one way clutch operation and the holding perfor of the clutches and brakes in the transaxle CLUTCH WARNING Do not let anybody stand in front of or behind the vehicle while this test is being carried out 1 Check the A T fluid level and temperature Check the engine coolant temperature e A T fluid level At the HOT mark on the dipstick e A T fluid temperature 70 80 158 176 F e Engine coolant temperature 80 100 176 212 NOTE It measures A T fluid temperature in scan tool MUT II Check both rear wheels icm Connect a tachometer SECOND Apply the parking and service brakes fully BRAKE Start the engine Los RON Move the selector lever to the D position Fully depress the accelerator pedal and read the maximum engine speed A CAUTION The throttle should not be left fully open for any more than five seconds
368. ure gauge Adapter MD998478 MD998478 01 Inspection using an oscilloscope Test harness 3 pin triangle MB991502 MB991496 OD Checking diagnostic trouble codes Scan tool MUT II M1231000600167 MB991709 Test harness set MD998900 MD998900 01 Connection for oil pressure gauge Adapter MB995062 _ Flushing cooler and tube Flushing tool Tool not available Inspection using an oscilloscope TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E ON VEHICLE SERVICE 23 343 TOOL TOOL NUMBER AND SUPERSESSION APPLICATION NAME MB991453 MZ203827 01 When an engine lifer is used Engine hanger Supporting the engine assembly attachment set during removal and installation of the transaxle GENERAL SERVICE MZ203827 01 TOOL MZ203827 Engine lifter 2 991454 MZ203827 01 When the engine hanger is used Engine hanger balancer Supporting the engine assembly during removal and installation of the transaxle NOTE Special tool MB991454 is MB991895 part of engine hanger attachment set 991453 7 MB991895 991897 MB991113 01 Knuckle and tie rod end ball joint Ball joint remover 990635 01 or torque check general service NOTE Steering linkage tool puller MB990635 or MB991113 is also 106827 used to disconnect knuckle and rod end ball joint ON VEHICLE SERVICE AIT CONTROL COMPONENT LAYOUT n NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL
369. ure should be within 70 80 C 158 176 F during the test 1 Raise the vehicle so that the wheels are free to turn TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 27 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS MD998330 984 MD99833 E lt Jf if 006150 Connect the special tools 3 0 MPa 427 psi oil pressure gauge MD998330 and adapters MD998332 MD998900 to each pressure discharge port NOTE 2ND Second brake pressure port UD Underdrive clutch pressure port LR Low reverse brake pressure port DR Torque converter release pressure port DA Torque converter apply pressure port DA pressure is approximately the same as the DR pressure so measurements are not needed e RV Reverse clutch pressure port OD Overdrive clutch pressure port Restart the engine Check that there are no leaks around the special tool port adapters Measure the hydraulic pressure at each port under the conditions given in the standard hydraulic pressure table and check that the measured values are within the standard value ranges If not within the standard value stop the engine and refer to the Hydraulic pressure test diagnosis table Recover the O ring from the port plug and replace it Remove the special tool and install the plugs to the hydraulic pressure port
370. ushing solution Flushing solvents are petroleum based solutions generally used to clean transaxle components Do not use solvents containing acids water gasoline or any other corrosive liquids 2 Reinstall filler plug on special tool MB995062 3 Verify the pump power switch is turned OFF Connect the red alligator clip to the positive battery terminal Connect the black alligator clip to a good ground 4 Disconnect the cooler lines at the transaxle NOTE When flushing the transaxle cooler and lines always reverse flush 5 Connect the BLUE pressure line to the OUTLET From FROM cooler line COOLER 6 Connect the CLEAR return line to the INLET To cooler line 7 the pump ON for two to three minutes to flush the ay cooler s and lines Monitor the pressure readings Clear the return lines Pressure readings should stabilize below 138 SE kPa 20 psi for vehicles equipped with a single cooler and TO COOLER 1 208 kPa 30 psi for vehicles equipped with dual coolers If flow is intermittent or exceeds these pressures replace the 001891 cooler TSB Revision E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 350 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 8 Turn the pump OFF 9 Disconnect the CLEAR suction line from the reservoir at cover plate Disconnect the CLEAR return line at the cover plate and place it in a drain pan 10 Turn the pump ON for 30 seconds to purge flushing solution from the
371. ut YES Go to Step 9 NO The inspection is complete STEP 9 Replace the valve body 1 Replace the valve body Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 2 Test drive the vehicle 3 Check for A T diagnostic trouble code Q Is the A T diagnostic trouble code 52 is output YES Replace the torque converter Refer to GROUP 23B Transaxle P 23B 10 NO The inspection is complete TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 231 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS DTC 53 Torque Converter Clutch is Stuck on DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely If the torque converter clutch remains engaged fora causes for this code to be set continuous period of ten seconds when the PCM is Malfunction of the torque converter clutch sole attempting to disengage the torque converter clutch noid valve it is judged that the torque converter clutch is stuck Damaged harness connector on and diagnostic trouble code number 53 is out Malfunction of the PCM put DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool e MB991502 Scan Tool MUT II STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991502 check data list item 52 Amount of Torque Converter Clutch Slippage A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector 2 Start the engine and run at constant speed of 50km
372. voltage should be between 4 500 and 5 500 mV 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the sensor operating properly YES Go to Step 8 NO Check the throttle position sensor Refer to P 23A 42 P 23A 51 P 23A 59 diagnostic trouble code number 11 12 14 Throttle Position Sensor System Then check the symptom STEP 8 Disassemble and clean the valve body Check the O ring installation bolts for looseness and the valve body for damage Repair or replace the faulty parts Refer to GROUP 23B Valve Body 23 74 Q Is the repair possible and the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete Replace the valve body assembly Then check the symptom Go to Step 9 STEP 9 Replace the PCM Q Is the symptom eliminated YES Diagnosis is complete NO Start over at Step 1 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7 Shift Shock when Shifting from N to R and Long Delay COMMENT If abnormal shock or delay of two seconds or more occurs when the selector lever is shifted from N to R range while the engine is idling the cause is probably abnormal reverse clutch pressure or low reverse brake pressure or a malfunction of the reverse clutch low reverse brake valve body or throttle position sensor TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The most likely causes for this code to be set Abnormal reverse clutch pressure Abnormal low reverse brake pressure Malfunction of the low reverse solenoid valve Malfun
373. voltage should be 0 5 volt or less When selector lever position is 3 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode When selector lever position is 2 voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode When selector lever position is L voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles without sport mode When selector lever position is sport mode voltage should be 0 5 volt or less Vehicles with sport mode Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 NO Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Go to Step 11 Vehicles with sport mode Repair harness damage between the Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 121 Vehicles without sport mode TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 73 STEP 11 Check harness for damage between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 4 and PCM connector C 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 121 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 YES Go to Step 12 Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657
374. with sports mode Repair harness open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 7 and PCM connector C 61 terminal 108 Vehicles without sports mode Repair or replace it Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS 23A 1 51 STEP 17 Check harness for open circuit or short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 7 and PCM connector 61 2 4L Engine or C 63 3 0L Engine terminal 108 Vehicles with sport mode CONNECT Q Is the harness wire in good condition B 41 7 YES Go to Step 18 NO Repair it CONNECTOR C 61 2 4L ENGINE OR 63 lt 3 0L ENGINE gt pofo fosio vA 108 109110 111 112 113114115 116 117 118 119 120 lt 121 192193 1241125 126127128 129 130 61 2 4L ENGINE 63 3 0L ENGINE 001657 STEP 18 Check connectors 27 at intermediate connector C 43 at combination meter for damage Vehicles with sport mode Q Are the connectors in good condition YES Repair harness short circuit to ground between Park Neutral position switch connector B 41 terminal 7 and combination meter connector C 43 terminal 10 Repair or replace the defective connector s Refer to GROU
375. y at output shaft speed sensor connector B 38 CONNECTOR B 38 1 Disconnect connector B 38 and measure at the harness side Nay 2 AC001837Al 2 Check for the continuity between terminal 1 and ground e Should be less than 2 ohm HARNESS M 5 CONNECTOR B 38 Q Is the continuity 7 YES Go to Step 12 4 Repair harness open circuit or damage between 96 output shaft speed sensor connector 38 terminal 1 and PCM connector C 50 2 4L Engine or C 52 3 0L Engine terminal 16 02136 TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 23 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS STEP 12 Check the sensor output voltage at output shaft speed sensor connector B 38 1 Disconnect connector B 38 and measure at the harness side 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position CONNECTOR B 38 AC001837Al 3 Measure the voltage between terminal 2 and ground e Voltage should be between 4 5 and 4 9 volts 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Is the voltage normal YES Go to Step 13 NO Repair harness open circuit between output shaft speed sensor connector B 38 terminal 2 and PCM connector C 61 lt 2 4L Engine gt or C 63 lt 3 0L Engine gt terminal 104 HARNESS CONNECTOR B 38 STEP 13 Check the power supply voltage at output shaft speed sensor connector B 38 CONNECTOR 38 1 Disconnect connector B 38
376. y connector A 17X terminal 4 Q Is the harness wire in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair it 7 f lt 000709 FRONT OF VEHICLE AC102447AF STEP 8 Using scan tool MB991502 carry out the actuator test item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991502 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991502 1 Connect scan tool MB991502 to data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Set scan tool MB991502 to the actuator test mode for item 02 Underdrive Solenoid Valve e An operation sound should be heard from solenoid valve when the underdrive solenoid valve is operated 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the solenoid valve operating properly YES This malfunction can be intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 6 Replace the PCM TSB Revision AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE 23 1 93 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE DIAGNOSIS CONNECTOR B 40 AN 5950 2X3 02479 CONNECTOR 40 AC001962AD STEP 9 Check connector B 40 at solenoid valve assembly for damage 9 15 the connector in good condition YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair or

GROUP 23A - Tearstone

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents